fix(*): Use vendored dependencies in build 🔧

.release.yml

@@ -8,20 +8,20 @@ branch:
   master: release
   develop: beta
 assets:
-  - name: ./build/go-semantic-release.linux_x86_64
+  - path: ./build/go-semantic-release.linux_amd64
     compress: true
-  - name: ./build/go-semantic-release.linux_arm64
+  - path: ./build/go-semantic-release.linux_arm64
     compress: true
-  - name: ./build/go-semantic-release.windows_i386.exe
+  - path: ./build/go-semantic-release.windows_i386.exe
     compress: true
-  - name: ./build/go-semantic-release.windows_x86_64.exe
+  - path: ./build/go-semantic-release.windows_amd64.exe
     compress: true
-  - name: ./build/go-semantic-release.darwin_x86_64
+  - path: ./build/go-semantic-release.darwin_amd64
     compress: true
 changelog:
   docker:
     latest: true
-    repository: "cybercinch/go-semantic-release"
+    repository: hub.cybercinch.nz/cybercinch/go-semantic-release
   showAuthors: true
 
 hooks:

.woodpecker.yml

@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ variables:
       from_secret: hub_username_cybercinch
     password:
       from_secret: docker_password_cybercinch
+  - build_args: &build_args
+      - TAG: ${CI_COMMIT_TAG}
 clone:
   git:
     image: woodpeckerci/plugin-git
@@ -26,31 +28,36 @@ steps:
           GOOS=linux 
           GOARCH=amd64 
           CGO_ENABLED=0 
-          go build -o build/go-semantic-release.linux_x86_64 -ldflags "-w -s --X main.version=`go-semantic-release next`" 
+          GOFLAGS=-mod=vendor 
+          go build -o build/go-semantic-release.linux_amd64 -ldflags "-w -s --X main.version=`go-semantic-release next`" 
           ./cmd/go-semantic-release/
       - > 
           GOOS=linux 
           GOARCH=arm64 
           CGO_ENABLED=0 
+          GOFLAGS=-mod=vendor 
           go build -o build/go-semantic-release.linux_arm64 -ldflags "-w -s --X main.version=`go-semantic-release next`" 
           ./cmd/go-semantic-release/
       - >
           GOOS=windows 
           GOARCH=386 
           CGO_ENABLED=0 
+          GOFLAGS=-mod=vendor 
           go build -o build/go-semantic-release.windows_i386.exe -ldflags "-w -s -X main.version=`go-semantic-release next`" 
           ./cmd/go-semantic-release/
       - >
           GOOS=windows 
           GOARCH=amd64 
           CGO_ENABLED=0 
-          go build -o build/go-semantic-release.windows_x86_64.exe -ldflags "-w -s -X main.version=`go-semantic-release next`" 
+          GOFLAGS=-mod=vendor 
+          go build -o build/go-semantic-release.windows_amd64.exe -ldflags "-w -s -X main.version=`go-semantic-release next`" 
           ./cmd/go-semantic-release/
       - >
           GOOS=darwin 
           GOARCH=amd64 
           CGO_ENABLED=0 
-          go build -o build/go-semantic-release.darwin_x86_64 -ldflags "-w -s -X main.version=`go-semantic-release next`" 
+          GOFLAGS=-mod=vendor 
+          go build -o build/go-semantic-release.darwin_amd64 -ldflags "-w -s -X main.version=`go-semantic-release next`" 
           ./cmd/go-semantic-release/
       - go-semantic-release --loglevel debug release # Actually make the release on Gitea.  Uploading assets
     environment:
@@ -64,25 +71,24 @@ steps:
         - push
         - manual
 
-  # publish-docker-tagged:
+  publish-docker-tagged:
-  #   image: docker.io/cybercinch/woodpecker-plugin-depot
+    image: woodpeckerci/plugin-docker-buildx
-  #   pull: true
+    pull: true
-  #   settings:
+    settings:
-  #     <<: *docker_creds
+      <<: *docker_creds
-  #     token: 
+      registry: hub.cybercinch.nz
-  #       from_secret: depot_token
+      repo: hub.cybercinch.nz/cybercinch/${CI_REPO_NAME}
-  #     repohost: hub.cybercinch.nz
+      dockerfile: Dockerfile
-  #     repo: cybercinch/${CI_REPO_NAME}
+      platforms: *platforms
-  #     project: 
+      build_args:
-  #       from_secret: depot_project
+        - TAG=${CI_COMMIT_TAG}
-  #     dockerfile: Dockerfile
+      tags:
-  #     push: true
+        - latest
-  #     platforms: *platforms
+        - ${CI_COMMIT_TAG}
-  #     tags: ["latest", "$CI_COMMIT_TAG"]
+    when:
-  #   when:
+      branch: ${CI_REPO_DEFAULT_BRANCH}
-  #     branch: ${CI_REPO_DEFAULT_BRANCH}
+      event: 
-  #     event: 
+        - tag
-  #       - tag
 
   publish-docker-develop:
     image: docker.io/cybercinch/woodpecker-plugin-depot

Dockerfile

@@ -1,8 +1,20 @@
 FROM alpine:3.14
+ARG TARGETPLATFORM
+# Set by build-arg
+ARG TAG=v2.2.3
+
+# Strip out the prefix
+ENV PLAT=${TARGETPLATFORM//"linux/"/} 
 
 WORKDIR /code
 
-COPY ./build/go-semantic-release.linux_x86_64 /usr/local/bin/go-semantic-release
+ADD https://hub.cybercinch.nz/cybercinch/go-semantic-release/releases/download/${TAG}/go-semantic-release.linux_${PLAT}.zip /tmp
+RUN apk add --no-cache unzip && \
+    unzip -d /tmp /tmp/go-semantic-release.linux_${PLAT}.zip && \
+    ls && \
+    ls /tmp && \
+    mv /tmp/go-semantic-release.linux_${PLAT} /usr/local/bin/go-semantic-release && \
+    rm -f /tmp/go-semantic-release.linux_${PLAT}.zip
 
 USER 1000
 

Makefile

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ all: build
 .PHONY: build
 
 build:
-	go build -o build/go-semantic-release-temp ./cmd/go-semantic-release/
+	GOFLAGS=-mod=vendor go build -o build/go-semantic-release-temp ./cmd/go-semantic-release/
 
 lint:
 	golangci-lint run --print-issued-lines=false --fix ./...

go.mod

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 module github.com/Nightapes/go-semantic-release
 
-go 1.18
+go 1.19
 
 require (
 	github.com/Masterminds/semver v1.5.0

internal/releaser/gitea/gitea.go

@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ func New(c *config.GiteaProvider, checkConfig bool) (*GiteaClient, error) {
 	if err != nil && checkConfig {
 		return &GiteaClient{}, err
 	}
+
 	c.AccessToken = token
 
 	if c.URL == "" {
@@ -114,11 +115,13 @@ func (g *GiteaClient) makeRelease(releaseVersion *shared.ReleaseVersion, generat
 		Title:        generatedChangelog.Title,
 		Note:         generatedChangelog.Content,
 		IsPrerelease: prerelease}
-
+	// TODO Test if this prevents release double-up
-	g.client.CreateRelease(g.config.User, g.config.Repo, opt)
-
 	release, _, err := g.client.CreateRelease(g.config.User, g.config.Repo, opt)
+
+	g.log.Debugf("Release response: %+v", *release)
+
 	if err != nil {
+		g.log.Debugf("Release Error response: %+v", err)
 		if strings.Contains(err.Error(), "Release is has no Tag") {
 			g.log.Infof("A release with tag %s already exits, will not perform a release or update", tag)
 			return nil
@@ -126,7 +129,6 @@ func (g *GiteaClient) makeRelease(releaseVersion *shared.ReleaseVersion, generat
 		return fmt.Errorf("could not create release: %s", err.Error())
 	}
 	g.release = release
-	g.log.Debugf("Release response: %+v", *release)
 	g.log.Infof("Created release")
 	return nil
 

internal/releaser/gitea/gitea_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/http/httptest"
+	"os"
+	"testing"
+
+	log "github.com/sirupsen/logrus"
+
+	"github.com/Masterminds/semver"
+
+	"github.com/Nightapes/go-semantic-release/internal/shared"
+	"github.com/Nightapes/go-semantic-release/pkg/config"
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/assert"
+)
+
+type testHelperMethodStruct struct {
+	config config.GitHubProvider
+	valid  bool
+}
+
+type testReleaseStruct struct {
+	config              config.GitHubProvider
+	releaseVersion      *shared.ReleaseVersion
+	generatedChangelog  *shared.GeneratedChangelog
+	requestResponseBody string
+	requestResponseCode int
+	valid               bool
+}
+
+var testNewClient = []testHelperMethodStruct{
+	{config: config.GitHubProvider{
+		Repo: "foo",
+		User: "bar",
+	},
+		valid: true,
+	},
+
+	{config: config.GitHubProvider{
+		Repo:      "foo",
+		User:      "bar",
+		CustomURL: "https://test.com",
+	},
+		valid: false,
+	},
+}
+
+var lastVersion, _ = semver.NewVersion("1.0.0")
+var newVersion, _ = semver.NewVersion("2.0.0")
+
+var testReleases = []testReleaseStruct{
+	{
+		config: config.GitHubProvider{
+			Repo: "foo",
+			User: "bar",
+		},
+		releaseVersion: &shared.ReleaseVersion{
+			Last: shared.ReleaseVersionEntry{
+				Version: lastVersion,
+				Commit:  "foo",
+			},
+			Next: shared.ReleaseVersionEntry{
+				Version: newVersion,
+				Commit:  "bar",
+			},
+			Branch: "master",
+		},
+		generatedChangelog: &shared.GeneratedChangelog{
+			Title:   "title",
+			Content: "content",
+		},
+		requestResponseBody: "{  \"url\": \"https://api.github.com/repos/octocat/Hello-World/releases/1\",  \"html_url\": \"https://github.com/octocat/Hello-World/releases/v1.0.0\",  \"assets_url\": \"https://api.github.com/repos/octocat/Hello-World/releases/1/assets\",  \"upload_url\": \"https://uploads.github.com/repos/octocat/Hello-World/releases/1/assets{?name,label}\",  \"tarball_url\": \"https://api.github.com/repos/octocat/Hello-World/tarball/v1.0.0\",  \"zipball_url\": \"https://api.github.com/repos/octocat/Hello-World/zipball/v1.0.0\",  \"id\": 1,  \"node_id\": \"MDc6UmVsZWFzZTE=\",  \"tag_name\": \"v1.0.0\",  \"target_commitish\": \"master\",  \"name\": \"v1.0.0\",  \"body\": \"Description of the release\",  \"draft\": false,  \"prerelease\": false,  \"created_at\": \"2013-02-27T19:35:32Z\",  \"published_at\": \"2013-02-27T19:35:32Z\",  \"author\": {    \"login\": \"octocat\",    \"id\": 1,    \"node_id\": \"MDQ6VXNlcjE=\",    \"avatar_url\": \"https://github.com/images/error/octocat_happy.gif\",    \"gravatar_id\": \"\",    \"url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat\",    \"html_url\": \"https://github.com/octocat\",    \"followers_url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat/followers\",    \"following_url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat/following{/other_user}\",    \"gists_url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat/gists{/gist_id}\",    \"starred_url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat/starred{/owner}{/repo}\",    \"subscriptions_url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat/subscriptions\",    \"organizations_url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat/orgs\",    \"repos_url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat/repos\",    \"events_url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat/events{/privacy}\",    \"received_events_url\": \"https://api.github.com/users/octocat/received_events\",    \"type\": \"User\",    \"site_admin\": false  },  \"assets\": [  ]}",
+		requestResponseCode: 200,
+		valid:               true,
+	},
+	{
+		config: config.GitHubProvider{
+			Repo: "foo",
+			User: "bar",
+		},
+		releaseVersion: &shared.ReleaseVersion{
+			Last: shared.ReleaseVersionEntry{
+				Version: lastVersion,
+				Commit:  "foo",
+			},
+			Next: shared.ReleaseVersionEntry{
+				Version: newVersion,
+				Commit:  "bar",
+			},
+			Branch: "master",
+		},
+		generatedChangelog: &shared.GeneratedChangelog{
+			Title:   "title",
+			Content: "content",
+		},
+		requestResponseCode: 400,
+		valid:               false,
+	},
+}
+
+func initHTTPServer(respCode int, body string) *httptest.Server {
+
+	return httptest.NewServer(http.HandlerFunc(func(rw http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
+
+		log.Infof("Got call from %s %s", req.Method, req.URL.String())
+
+		rw.WriteHeader(respCode)
+		rw.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+
+		if _, err := rw.Write([]byte(body)); err != nil {
+			log.Info(err)
+		}
+
+	}))
+}
+
+func TestNew(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, testOject := range testNewClient {
+		if testOject.valid {
+			os.Setenv("GITHUB_TOKEN", "XXX")
+		}
+
+		_, err := New(&testOject.config, true)
+		assert.Equal(t, testOject.valid, err == nil)
+
+		os.Unsetenv("GITHUB_TOKEN")
+
+	}
+}
+
+func TestGetCommitURL(t *testing.T) {
+	os.Setenv("GITHUB_TOKEN", "XX")
+	for _, testOject := range testNewClient {
+		client, _ := New(&testOject.config, false)
+		actualURL := client.GetCommitURL()
+		if testOject.config.CustomURL != "" {
+			expectedURL := fmt.Sprintf("%s/api/v3/%s/%s/commit/{{hash}}", testOject.config.CustomURL, testOject.config.User, testOject.config.Repo)
+			assert.EqualValues(t, expectedURL, actualURL)
+
+		} else {
+			expectedURL := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/%s/commit/{{hash}}", "https://github.com", testOject.config.User, testOject.config.Repo)
+			assert.EqualValues(t, expectedURL, actualURL)
+		}
+	}
+	os.Unsetenv("GITHUB_TOKEN")
+
+}
+
+func TestGetCompareURL(t *testing.T) {
+	os.Setenv("GITHUB_TOKEN", "XX")
+	for _, testOject := range testNewClient {
+		client, _ := New(&testOject.config, false)
+		actualURL := client.GetCompareURL("1", "2")
+		if testOject.config.CustomURL != "" {
+			expectedURL := fmt.Sprintf("%s/api/v3/%s/%s/compare/%s...%s", testOject.config.CustomURL, testOject.config.User, testOject.config.Repo, "1", "2")
+			assert.EqualValues(t, expectedURL, actualURL)
+
+		} else {
+			expectedURL := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/%s/compare/%s...%s", "https://github.com", testOject.config.User, testOject.config.Repo, "1", "2")
+			assert.EqualValues(t, expectedURL, actualURL)
+		}
+	}
+	os.Unsetenv("GITHUB_TOKEN")
+
+}
+
+func TestCreateRelease(t *testing.T) {
+	os.Setenv("GITHUB_TOKEN", "XX")
+
+	for _, testObejct := range testReleases {
+		if testObejct.valid {
+			server := initHTTPServer(testObejct.requestResponseCode, testObejct.requestResponseBody)
+			testObejct.config.CustomURL = server.URL
+			client, _ := New(&testObejct.config, false)
+
+			err := client.makeRelease(testObejct.releaseVersion, testObejct.generatedChangelog)
+			if err != nil {
+				t.Log(err)
+			}
+			assert.Equal(t, testObejct.valid, err == nil)
+
+			server.Close()
+
+		} else {
+			testObejct.config.CustomURL = "http://foo"
+			client, _ := New(&testObejct.config, false)
+
+			err := client.makeRelease(testObejct.releaseVersion, testObejct.generatedChangelog)
+			if err != nil {
+				t.Log(err)
+			}
+			assert.Error(t, err)
+		}
+	}
+	os.Unsetenv("GITHUB_TOKEN")
+
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Copyright (c) 2016 The Gitea Authors
+Copyright (c) 2014 The Gogs Authors
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_cron.go

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// CronTask represents a Cron task
+type CronTask struct {
+	Name      string    `json:"name"`
+	Schedule  string    `json:"schedule"`
+	Next      time.Time `json:"next"`
+	Prev      time.Time `json:"prev"`
+	ExecTimes int64     `json:"exec_times"`
+}
+
+// ListCronTaskOptions list options for ListCronTasks
+type ListCronTaskOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListCronTasks list available cron tasks
+func (c *Client) ListCronTasks(opt ListCronTaskOptions) ([]*CronTask, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	ct := make([]*CronTask, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &ct)
+	return ct, resp, err
+}
+
+// RunCronTasks run a cron task
+func (c *Client) RunCronTasks(task string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&task); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron/%s", task), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_org.go

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// AdminListOrgsOptions options for listing admin's organizations
+type AdminListOrgsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// AdminListOrgs lists all orgs
+func (c *Client) AdminListOrgs(opt AdminListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
+	return orgs, resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminCreateOrg create an organization
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateOrg(user string, opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	org := new(Organization)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/orgs", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
+	return org, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_repo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// AdminCreateRepo create a repo
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateRepo(user string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/repos", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_user.go

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// AdminListUsersOptions options for listing admin users
+type AdminListUsersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// AdminListUsers lists all users
+func (c *Client) AdminListUsers(opt AdminListUsersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateUserOption create user options
+type CreateUserOption struct {
+	SourceID           int64        `json:"source_id"`
+	LoginName          string       `json:"login_name"`
+	Username           string       `json:"username"`
+	FullName           string       `json:"full_name"`
+	Email              string       `json:"email"`
+	Password           string       `json:"password"`
+	MustChangePassword *bool        `json:"must_change_password"`
+	SendNotify         bool         `json:"send_notify"`
+	Visibility         *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
+func (opt CreateUserOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Email) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("email is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Username) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("username is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AdminCreateUser create a user
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateUser(opt CreateUserOption) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	user := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/admin/users", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), user)
+	return user, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditUserOption edit user options
+type EditUserOption struct {
+	SourceID                int64        `json:"source_id"`
+	LoginName               string       `json:"login_name"`
+	Email                   *string      `json:"email"`
+	FullName                *string      `json:"full_name"`
+	Password                string       `json:"password"`
+	Description             *string      `json:"description"`
+	MustChangePassword      *bool        `json:"must_change_password"`
+	Website                 *string      `json:"website"`
+	Location                *string      `json:"location"`
+	Active                  *bool        `json:"active"`
+	Admin                   *bool        `json:"admin"`
+	AllowGitHook            *bool        `json:"allow_git_hook"`
+	AllowImportLocal        *bool        `json:"allow_import_local"`
+	MaxRepoCreation         *int         `json:"max_repo_creation"`
+	ProhibitLogin           *bool        `json:"prohibit_login"`
+	AllowCreateOrganization *bool        `json:"allow_create_organization"`
+	Restricted              *bool        `json:"restricted"`
+	Visibility              *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// AdminEditUser modify user informations
+func (c *Client) AdminEditUser(user string, opt EditUserOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminDeleteUser delete one user according name
+func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUser(user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminCreateUserPublicKey adds a public key for the user
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateUserPublicKey(user string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(PublicKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminDeleteUserPublicKey deletes a user's public key
+func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUserPublicKey(user string, keyID int) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys/%d", user, keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/agent.go

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+// Copyright 2022 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+//go:build !windows
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"os"
+
+	"golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/agent"
+)
+
+// hasAgent returns true if the ssh agent is available
+func hasAgent() bool {
+	if _, err := os.Stat(os.Getenv("SSH_AUTH_SOCK")); err != nil {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+// GetAgent returns a ssh agent
+func GetAgent() (agent.Agent, error) {
+	if !hasAgent() {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("no ssh agent available")
+	}
+
+	sshAgent, err := net.Dial("unix", os.Getenv("SSH_AUTH_SOCK"))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return agent.NewClient(sshAgent), nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/agent_windows.go

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+// Copyright 2022 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+//go:build windows
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/davidmz/go-pageant"
+	"golang.org/x/crypto/ssh/agent"
+)
+
+// hasAgent returns true if pageant is available
+func hasAgent() bool {
+	return pageant.Available()
+}
+
+// GetAgent returns a ssh agent
+func GetAgent() (agent.Agent, error) {
+	if !hasAgent() {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("no pageant available")
+	}
+
+	return pageant.New(), nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/attachment.go

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"mime/multipart"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Attachment a generic attachment
+type Attachment struct {
+	ID            int64     `json:"id"`
+	Name          string    `json:"name"`
+	Size          int64     `json:"size"`
+	DownloadCount int64     `json:"download_count"`
+	Created       time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	UUID          string    `json:"uuid"`
+	DownloadURL   string    `json:"browser_download_url"`
+}
+
+// ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions options for listing release's attachments
+type ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListReleaseAttachments list release's attachments
+func (c *Client) ListReleaseAttachments(user, repo string, release int64, opt ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions) ([]*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	attachments := make([]*Attachment, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets?%s", user, repo, release, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
+		nil, nil, &attachments)
+	return attachments, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetReleaseAttachment returns the requested attachment
+func (c *Client) GetReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release, id int64) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	a := new(Attachment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id),
+		nil, nil, &a)
+	return a, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateReleaseAttachment creates an attachment for the given release
+func (c *Client) CreateReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, file io.Reader, filename string) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	// Write file to body
+	body := new(bytes.Buffer)
+	writer := multipart.NewWriter(body)
+	part, err := writer.CreateFormFile("attachment", filename)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if _, err = io.Copy(part, file); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err = writer.Close(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	// Send request
+	attachment := new(Attachment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets", user, repo, release),
+		http.Header{"Content-Type": {writer.FormDataContentType()}}, body, &attachment)
+	return attachment, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditAttachmentOptions options for editing attachments
+type EditAttachmentOptions struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+}
+
+// EditReleaseAttachment updates the given attachment with the given options
+func (c *Client) EditReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release, attachment int64, form EditAttachmentOptions) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&form)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	attach := new(Attachment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, attachment), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), attach)
+	return attach, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteReleaseAttachment deletes the given attachment including the uploaded file
+func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/client.go

@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+var jsonHeader = http.Header{"content-type": []string{"application/json"}}
+
+// Version return the library version
+func Version() string {
+	return "0.16.0"
+}
+
+// Client represents a thread-safe Gitea API client.
+type Client struct {
+	url            string
+	accessToken    string
+	username       string
+	password       string
+	otp            string
+	sudo           string
+	userAgent      string
+	debug          bool
+	httpsigner     *HTTPSign
+	client         *http.Client
+	ctx            context.Context
+	mutex          sync.RWMutex
+	serverVersion  *version.Version
+	getVersionOnce sync.Once
+	ignoreVersion  bool // only set by SetGiteaVersion so don't need a mutex lock
+}
+
+// Response represents the gitea response
+type Response struct {
+	*http.Response
+
+	FirstPage int
+	PrevPage  int
+	NextPage  int
+	LastPage  int
+}
+
+// ClientOption are functions used to init a new client
+type ClientOption func(*Client) error
+
+// NewClient initializes and returns a API client.
+// Usage of all gitea.Client methods is concurrency-safe.
+func NewClient(url string, options ...ClientOption) (*Client, error) {
+	client := &Client{
+		url:    strings.TrimSuffix(url, "/"),
+		client: &http.Client{},
+		ctx:    context.Background(),
+	}
+	for _, opt := range options {
+		if err := opt(client); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	if err := client.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_0); err != nil {
+		if errors.Is(err, &ErrUnknownVersion{}) {
+			return client, err
+		}
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return client, nil
+}
+
+// NewClientWithHTTP creates an API client with a custom http client
+// Deprecated use SetHTTPClient option
+func NewClientWithHTTP(url string, httpClient *http.Client) *Client {
+	client, _ := NewClient(url, SetHTTPClient(httpClient))
+	return client
+}
+
+// SetHTTPClient is an option for NewClient to set custom http client
+func SetHTTPClient(httpClient *http.Client) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetHTTPClient(httpClient)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetHTTPClient replaces default http.Client with user given one.
+func (c *Client) SetHTTPClient(client *http.Client) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.client = client
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetToken is an option for NewClient to set token
+func SetToken(token string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.mutex.Lock()
+		client.accessToken = token
+		client.mutex.Unlock()
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetBasicAuth is an option for NewClient to set username and password
+func SetBasicAuth(username, password string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetBasicAuth(username, password)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// UseSSHCert is an option for NewClient to enable SSH certificate authentication via HTTPSign
+// If you want to auth against the ssh-agent you'll need to set a principal, if you want to
+// use a file on disk you'll need to specify sshKey.
+// If you have an encrypted sshKey you'll need to also set the passphrase.
+func UseSSHCert(principal, sshKey, passphrase string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		if err := client.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_17_0); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		client.mutex.Lock()
+		defer client.mutex.Unlock()
+
+		var err error
+		client.httpsigner, err = NewHTTPSignWithCert(principal, sshKey, passphrase)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// UseSSHPubkey is an option for NewClient to enable SSH pubkey authentication via HTTPSign
+// If you want to auth against the ssh-agent you'll need to set a fingerprint, if you want to
+// use a file on disk you'll need to specify sshKey.
+// If you have an encrypted sshKey you'll need to also set the passphrase.
+func UseSSHPubkey(fingerprint, sshKey, passphrase string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		if err := client.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_17_0); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		client.mutex.Lock()
+		defer client.mutex.Unlock()
+
+		var err error
+		client.httpsigner, err = NewHTTPSignWithPubkey(fingerprint, sshKey, passphrase)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetBasicAuth sets username and password
+func (c *Client) SetBasicAuth(username, password string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.username, c.password = username, password
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetOTP is an option for NewClient to set OTP for 2FA
+func SetOTP(otp string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetOTP(otp)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetOTP sets OTP for 2FA
+func (c *Client) SetOTP(otp string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.otp = otp
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetContext is an option for NewClient to set the default context
+func SetContext(ctx context.Context) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetContext(ctx)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetContext set default context witch is used for http requests
+func (c *Client) SetContext(ctx context.Context) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.ctx = ctx
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetSudo is an option for NewClient to set sudo header
+func SetSudo(sudo string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetSudo(sudo)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetSudo sets username to impersonate.
+func (c *Client) SetSudo(sudo string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.sudo = sudo
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetUserAgent is an option for NewClient to set user-agent header
+func SetUserAgent(userAgent string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetUserAgent(userAgent)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetUserAgent sets the user-agent to send with every request.
+func (c *Client) SetUserAgent(userAgent string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.userAgent = userAgent
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetDebugMode is an option for NewClient to enable debug mode
+func SetDebugMode() ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.mutex.Lock()
+		client.debug = true
+		client.mutex.Unlock()
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+func newResponse(r *http.Response) *Response {
+	response := &Response{Response: r}
+	response.parseLinkHeader()
+
+	return response
+}
+
+func (r *Response) parseLinkHeader() {
+	link := r.Header.Get("Link")
+	if link == "" {
+		return
+	}
+
+	links := strings.Split(link, ",")
+	for _, l := range links {
+		u, param, ok := strings.Cut(l, ";")
+		if !ok {
+			continue
+		}
+		u = strings.Trim(u, " <>")
+
+		key, value, ok := strings.Cut(strings.TrimSpace(param), "=")
+		if !ok || key != "rel" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		value = strings.Trim(value, "\"")
+
+		parsed, err := url.Parse(u)
+		if err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		page := parsed.Query().Get("page")
+		if page == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		switch value {
+		case "first":
+			r.FirstPage, _ = strconv.Atoi(page)
+		case "prev":
+			r.PrevPage, _ = strconv.Atoi(page)
+		case "next":
+			r.NextPage, _ = strconv.Atoi(page)
+		case "last":
+			r.LastPage, _ = strconv.Atoi(page)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getWebResponse(method, path string, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	debug := c.debug
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nBody: %v\n", method, c.url+path, body)
+	}
+	req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+path, body)
+
+	client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := client.Do(req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+	data, err := io.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
+	}
+
+	return data, newResponse(resp), err
+}
+
+func (c *Client) doRequest(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (*Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	debug := c.debug
+	if debug {
+		var bodyStr string
+		if body != nil {
+			bs, _ := io.ReadAll(body)
+			body = bytes.NewReader(bs)
+			bodyStr = string(bs)
+		}
+		fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nHeader: %v\nBody: %s\n", method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, header, bodyStr)
+	}
+	req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if len(c.accessToken) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("Authorization", "token "+c.accessToken)
+	}
+	if len(c.otp) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("X-GITEA-OTP", c.otp)
+	}
+	if len(c.username) != 0 {
+		req.SetBasicAuth(c.username, c.password)
+	}
+	if len(c.sudo) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("Sudo", c.sudo)
+	}
+	if len(c.userAgent) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("User-Agent", c.userAgent)
+	}
+
+	client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+
+	for k, v := range header {
+		req.Header[k] = v
+	}
+
+	if c.httpsigner != nil {
+		err = c.SignRequest(req)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+
+	resp, err := client.Do(req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
+	}
+
+	return newResponse(resp), nil
+}
+
+// Converts a response for a HTTP status code indicating an error condition
+// (non-2XX) to a well-known error value and response body. For non-problematic
+// (2XX) status codes nil will be returned. Note that on a non-2XX response, the
+// response body stream will have been read and, hence, is closed on return.
+func statusCodeToErr(resp *Response) (body []byte, err error) {
+	// no error
+	if resp.StatusCode/100 == 2 {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+
+	//
+	// error: body will be read for details
+	//
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+	data, err := io.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("body read on HTTP error %d: %v", resp.StatusCode, err)
+	}
+
+	// Try to unmarshal and get an error message
+	errMap := make(map[string]interface{})
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &errMap); err != nil {
+		// when the JSON can't be parsed, data was probably empty or a
+		// plain string, so we try to return a helpful error anyway
+		path := resp.Request.URL.Path
+		method := resp.Request.Method
+		header := resp.Request.Header
+		return data, fmt.Errorf("Unknown API Error: %d\nRequest: '%s' with '%s' method '%s' header and '%s' body", resp.StatusCode, path, method, header, string(data))
+	}
+
+	if msg, ok := errMap["message"]; ok {
+		return data, fmt.Errorf("%v", msg)
+	}
+
+	// If no error message, at least give status and data
+	return data, fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", resp.Status, string(data))
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getResponseReader(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (io.ReadCloser, *Response, error) {
+	resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	// check for errors
+	data, err := statusCodeToErr(resp)
+	if err != nil {
+		return io.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader(data)), resp, err
+	}
+
+	return resp.Body, resp, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	// check for errors
+	data, err := statusCodeToErr(resp)
+	if err != nil {
+		return data, resp, err
+	}
+
+	// success (2XX), read body
+	data, err = io.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return data, resp, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getParsedResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader, obj interface{}) (*Response, error) {
+	data, resp, err := c.getResponse(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	return resp, json.Unmarshal(data, obj)
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getStatusCode(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (int, *Response, error) {
+	resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return -1, resp, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return resp.StatusCode, resp, nil
+}
+
+// pathEscapeSegments escapes segments of a path while not escaping forward slash
+func pathEscapeSegments(path string) string {
+	slice := strings.Split(path, "/")
+	for index := range slice {
+		slice[index] = url.PathEscape(slice[index])
+	}
+	escapedPath := strings.Join(slice, "/")
+	return escapedPath
+}
+
+// escapeValidatePathSegments is a help function to validate and encode url path segments
+func escapeValidatePathSegments(seg ...*string) error {
+	for i := range seg {
+		if seg[i] == nil || len(*seg[i]) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("path segment [%d] is empty", i)
+		}
+		*seg[i] = url.PathEscape(*seg[i])
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package gitea implements a client for the Gitea API.
+// The version corresponds to the highest supported version
+// of the gitea API, but backwards-compatibility is mostly
+// given.
+package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/fork.go

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// ListForksOptions options for listing repository's forks
+type ListForksOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListForks list a repository's forks
+func (c *Client) ListForks(user, repo string, opt ListForksOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	forks := make([]*Repository, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
+		nil, nil, &forks)
+	return forks, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateForkOption options for creating a fork
+type CreateForkOption struct {
+	// organization name, if forking into an organization
+	Organization *string `json:"organization"`
+	// name of the forked repository
+	Name *string `json:"name"`
+}
+
+// CreateFork create a fork of a repository
+func (c *Client) CreateFork(user, repo string, form CreateForkOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(form)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	fork := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &fork)
+	return fork, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_blob.go

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitBlobResponse represents a git blob
+type GitBlobResponse struct {
+	Content  string `json:"content"`
+	Encoding string `json:"encoding"`
+	URL      string `json:"url"`
+	SHA      string `json:"sha"`
+	Size     int64  `json:"size"`
+}
+
+// GetBlob get the blob of a repository file
+func (c *Client) GetBlob(user, repo, sha string) (*GitBlobResponse, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	blob := new(GitBlobResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/blobs/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, blob)
+	return blob, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_hook.go

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitHook represents a Git repository hook
+type GitHook struct {
+	Name     string `json:"name"`
+	IsActive bool   `json:"is_active"`
+	Content  string `json:"content,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoGitHooksOptions options for listing repository's githooks
+type ListRepoGitHooksOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoGitHooks list all the Git hooks of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoGitHooks(user, repo string, opt ListRepoGitHooksOptions) ([]*GitHook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	hooks := make([]*GitHook, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
+	return hooks, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoGitHook get a Git hook of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*GitHook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(GitHook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditGitHookOption options when modifying one Git hook
+type EditGitHookOption struct {
+	Content string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// EditRepoGitHook modify one Git hook of a repository
+func (c *Client) EditRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string, opt EditGitHookOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoGitHook delete one Git hook from a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/helper.go

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+// OptionalBool convert a bool to a bool reference
+func OptionalBool(v bool) *bool {
+	return &v
+}
+
+// OptionalString convert a string to a string reference
+func OptionalString(v string) *string {
+	return &v
+}
+
+// OptionalInt64 convert a int64 to a int64 reference
+func OptionalInt64(v int64) *int64 {
+	return &v
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/hook.go

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Hook a hook is a web hook when one repository changed
+type Hook struct {
+	ID      int64             `json:"id"`
+	Type    string            `json:"type"`
+	URL     string            `json:"-"`
+	Config  map[string]string `json:"config"`
+	Events  []string          `json:"events"`
+	Active  bool              `json:"active"`
+	Updated time.Time         `json:"updated_at"`
+	Created time.Time         `json:"created_at"`
+}
+
+// HookType represent all webhook types gitea currently offer
+type HookType string
+
+const (
+	// HookTypeDingtalk webhook that dingtalk understand
+	HookTypeDingtalk HookType = "dingtalk"
+	// HookTypeDiscord webhook that discord understand
+	HookTypeDiscord HookType = "discord"
+	// HookTypeGitea webhook that gitea understand
+	HookTypeGitea HookType = "gitea"
+	// HookTypeGogs webhook that gogs understand
+	HookTypeGogs HookType = "gogs"
+	// HookTypeMsteams webhook that msteams understand
+	HookTypeMsteams HookType = "msteams"
+	// HookTypeSlack webhook that slack understand
+	HookTypeSlack HookType = "slack"
+	// HookTypeTelegram webhook that telegram understand
+	HookTypeTelegram HookType = "telegram"
+	// HookTypeFeishu webhook that feishu understand
+	HookTypeFeishu HookType = "feishu"
+)
+
+// ListHooksOptions options for listing hooks
+type ListHooksOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgHooks list all the hooks of one organization
+func (c *Client) ListOrgHooks(org string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
+	return hooks, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoHooks list all the hooks of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoHooks(user, repo string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
+	return hooks, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetOrgHook get a hook of an organization
+func (c *Client) GetOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil, h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoHook get a hook of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateHookOption options when create a hook
+type CreateHookOption struct {
+	Type                HookType          `json:"type"`
+	Config              map[string]string `json:"config"`
+	Events              []string          `json:"events"`
+	BranchFilter        string            `json:"branch_filter"`
+	Active              bool              `json:"active"`
+	AuthorizationHeader string            `json:"authorization_header"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateHookOption struct
+func (opt CreateHookOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Type) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("hook type needed")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateOrgHook create one hook for an organization, with options
+func (c *Client) CreateOrgHook(org string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateRepoHook create one hook for a repository, with options
+func (c *Client) CreateRepoHook(user, repo string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditHookOption options when modify one hook
+type EditHookOption struct {
+	Config              map[string]string `json:"config"`
+	Events              []string          `json:"events"`
+	BranchFilter        string            `json:"branch_filter"`
+	Active              *bool             `json:"active"`
+	AuthorizationHeader string            `json:"authorization_header"`
+}
+
+// EditOrgHook modify one hook of an organization, with hook id and options
+func (c *Client) EditOrgHook(org string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// EditRepoHook modify one hook of a repository, with hook id and options
+func (c *Client) EditRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteOrgHook delete one hook from an organization, with hook id
+func (c *Client) DeleteOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoHook delete one hook from a repository, with hook id
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/hook_validate.go

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+// Copyright 2022 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"crypto/hmac"
+	"crypto/sha256"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// VerifyWebhookSignature verifies that a payload matches the X-Gitea-Signature based on a secret
+func VerifyWebhookSignature(secret, expected string, payload []byte) (bool, error) {
+	hash := hmac.New(sha256.New, []byte(secret))
+	if _, err := hash.Write(payload); err != nil {
+		return false, err
+	}
+	expectedSum, err := hex.DecodeString(expected)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, err
+	}
+	return hmac.Equal(hash.Sum(nil), expectedSum), nil
+}
+
+// VerifyWebhookSignatureMiddleware is a http.Handler for verifying X-Gitea-Signature on incoming webhooks
+func VerifyWebhookSignatureMiddleware(secret string) func(http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return func(next http.Handler) http.Handler {
+		return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+			var b bytes.Buffer
+			if _, err := io.Copy(&b, r.Body); err != nil {
+				http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusBadRequest)
+				return
+			}
+
+			expected := r.Header.Get("X-Gitea-Signature")
+			if expected == "" {
+				http.Error(w, "no signature found", http.StatusBadRequest)
+				return
+			}
+
+			ok, err := VerifyWebhookSignature(secret, expected, b.Bytes())
+			if err != nil {
+				http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusUnauthorized)
+				return
+			}
+			if !ok {
+				http.Error(w, "invalid payload", http.StatusUnauthorized)
+				return
+			}
+
+			r.Body = io.NopCloser(&b)
+			next.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+		})
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/httpsign.go

@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+// Copyright 2022 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"crypto"
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"os"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/go-fed/httpsig"
+	"golang.org/x/crypto/ssh"
+)
+
+// HTTPSign contains the signer used for signing requests
+type HTTPSign struct {
+	ssh.Signer
+	cert bool
+}
+
+// HTTPSignConfig contains the configuration for creating a HTTPSign
+type HTTPSignConfig struct {
+	fingerprint string
+	principal   string
+	pubkey      bool
+	cert        bool
+	sshKey      string
+	passphrase  string
+}
+
+// NewHTTPSignWithPubkey can be used to create a HTTPSign with a public key
+// if no fingerprint is specified it returns the first public key found
+func NewHTTPSignWithPubkey(fingerprint, sshKey, passphrase string) (*HTTPSign, error) {
+	return newHTTPSign(&HTTPSignConfig{
+		fingerprint: fingerprint,
+		pubkey:      true,
+		sshKey:      sshKey,
+		passphrase:  passphrase,
+	})
+}
+
+// NewHTTPSignWithCert can be used to create a HTTPSign with a certificate
+// if no principal is specified it returns the first certificate found
+func NewHTTPSignWithCert(principal, sshKey, passphrase string) (*HTTPSign, error) {
+	return newHTTPSign(&HTTPSignConfig{
+		principal:  principal,
+		cert:       true,
+		sshKey:     sshKey,
+		passphrase: passphrase,
+	})
+}
+
+// NewHTTPSign returns a new HTTPSign
+// It will check the ssh-agent or a local file is config.sshKey is set.
+// Depending on the configuration it will either use a certificate or a public key
+func newHTTPSign(config *HTTPSignConfig) (*HTTPSign, error) {
+	var signer ssh.Signer
+
+	if config.sshKey != "" {
+		priv, err := os.ReadFile(config.sshKey)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		if config.passphrase == "" {
+			signer, err = ssh.ParsePrivateKey(priv)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+		} else {
+			signer, err = ssh.ParsePrivateKeyWithPassphrase(priv, []byte(config.passphrase))
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+		}
+
+		if config.cert {
+			certbytes, err := os.ReadFile(config.sshKey + "-cert.pub")
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+
+			pub, _, _, _, err := ssh.ParseAuthorizedKey(certbytes)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+
+			cert, ok := pub.(*ssh.Certificate)
+			if !ok {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse certificate")
+			}
+
+			signer, err = ssh.NewCertSigner(cert, signer)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		// if no sshKey is specified, check if we have a ssh-agent and use it
+		agent, err := GetAgent()
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		signers, err := agent.Signers()
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		if len(signers) == 0 {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("no signers found")
+		}
+
+		if config.cert {
+			signer = findCertSigner(signers, config.principal)
+			if signer == nil {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("no certificate found for %s", config.principal)
+			}
+		}
+
+		if config.pubkey {
+			signer = findPubkeySigner(signers, config.fingerprint)
+			if signer == nil {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("no public key found for %s", config.fingerprint)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return &HTTPSign{
+		Signer: signer,
+		cert:   config.cert,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// SignRequest signs a HTTP request
+func (c *Client) SignRequest(r *http.Request) error {
+	var contents []byte
+
+	headersToSign := []string{httpsig.RequestTarget, "(created)", "(expires)"}
+
+	if c.httpsigner.cert {
+		// add our certificate to the headers to sign
+		pubkey, _ := ssh.ParsePublicKey(c.httpsigner.Signer.PublicKey().Marshal())
+		if cert, ok := pubkey.(*ssh.Certificate); ok {
+			certString := base64.RawStdEncoding.EncodeToString(cert.Marshal())
+			r.Header.Add("x-ssh-certificate", certString)
+
+			headersToSign = append(headersToSign, "x-ssh-certificate")
+		} else {
+			return fmt.Errorf("no ssh certificate found")
+		}
+	}
+
+	// if we have a body, the Digest header will be added and we'll include this also in
+	// our signature.
+	if r.Body != nil {
+		body, err := r.GetBody()
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("getBody() failed: %s", err)
+		}
+
+		contents, err = io.ReadAll(body)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("failed reading body: %s", err)
+		}
+
+		headersToSign = append(headersToSign, "Digest")
+	}
+
+	// create a signer for the request and headers, the signature will be valid for 10 seconds
+	signer, _, err := httpsig.NewSSHSigner(c.httpsigner.Signer, httpsig.DigestSha512, headersToSign, httpsig.Signature, 10)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("httpsig.NewSSHSigner failed: %s", err)
+	}
+
+	// sign the request, use the fingerprint if we don't have a certificate
+	keyID := "gitea"
+	if !c.httpsigner.cert {
+		keyID = ssh.FingerprintSHA256(c.httpsigner.Signer.PublicKey())
+	}
+
+	err = signer.SignRequest(keyID, r, contents)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("httpsig.Signrequest failed: %s", err)
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// findCertSigner returns the Signer containing a valid certificate
+// if no principal is specified it returns the first certificate found
+func findCertSigner(sshsigners []ssh.Signer, principal string) ssh.Signer {
+	for _, s := range sshsigners {
+		// Check if the key is a certificate
+		if !strings.Contains(s.PublicKey().Type(), "cert-v01@openssh.com") {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// convert the ssh.Signer to a ssh.Certificate
+		mpubkey, _ := ssh.ParsePublicKey(s.PublicKey().Marshal())
+		cryptopub := mpubkey.(crypto.PublicKey)
+		cert := cryptopub.(*ssh.Certificate)
+		t := time.Unix(int64(cert.ValidBefore), 0)
+
+		// make sure the certificate is at least 10 seconds valid
+		if time.Until(t) <= time.Second*10 {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if principal == "" {
+			return s
+		}
+
+		for _, p := range cert.ValidPrincipals {
+			if p == principal {
+				return s
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// findPubkeySigner returns the Signer containing a valid public key
+// if no fingerprint is specified it returns the first public key found
+func findPubkeySigner(sshsigners []ssh.Signer, fingerprint string) ssh.Signer {
+	for _, s := range sshsigners {
+		// Check if the key is a certificate
+		if strings.Contains(s.PublicKey().Type(), "cert-v01@openssh.com") {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if fingerprint == "" {
+			return s
+		}
+
+		if strings.TrimSpace(string(ssh.MarshalAuthorizedKey(s.PublicKey()))) == fingerprint {
+			return s
+		}
+
+		if ssh.FingerprintSHA256(s.PublicKey()) == fingerprint {
+			return s
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue.go

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PullRequestMeta PR info if an issue is a PR
+type PullRequestMeta struct {
+	HasMerged bool       `json:"merged"`
+	Merged    *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
+}
+
+// RepositoryMeta basic repository information
+type RepositoryMeta struct {
+	ID       int64  `json:"id"`
+	Name     string `json:"name"`
+	Owner    string `json:"owner"`
+	FullName string `json:"full_name"`
+}
+
+// Issue represents an issue in a repository
+type Issue struct {
+	ID               int64      `json:"id"`
+	URL              string     `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL          string     `json:"html_url"`
+	Index            int64      `json:"number"`
+	Poster           *User      `json:"user"`
+	OriginalAuthor   string     `json:"original_author"`
+	OriginalAuthorID int64      `json:"original_author_id"`
+	Title            string     `json:"title"`
+	Body             string     `json:"body"`
+	Ref              string     `json:"ref"`
+	Labels           []*Label   `json:"labels"`
+	Milestone        *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
+	Assignees        []*User    `json:"assignees"`
+	// Whether the issue is open or closed
+	State       StateType        `json:"state"`
+	IsLocked    bool             `json:"is_locked"`
+	Comments    int              `json:"comments"`
+	Created     time.Time        `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated     time.Time        `json:"updated_at"`
+	Closed      *time.Time       `json:"closed_at"`
+	Deadline    *time.Time       `json:"due_date"`
+	PullRequest *PullRequestMeta `json:"pull_request"`
+	Repository  *RepositoryMeta  `json:"repository"`
+}
+
+// ListIssueOption list issue options
+type ListIssueOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+	State      StateType
+	Type       IssueType
+	Labels     []string
+	Milestones []string
+	KeyWord    string
+	Since      time.Time
+	Before     time.Time
+	// filter by created by username
+	CreatedBy string
+	// filter by assigned to username
+	AssignedBy string
+	// filter by username mentioned
+	MentionedBy string
+	// filter by owner (only works on ListIssues on User)
+	Owner string
+	// filter by team (requires organization owner parameter to be provided and only works on ListIssues on User)
+	Team string
+}
+
+// StateType issue state type
+type StateType string
+
+const (
+	// StateOpen pr/issue is opend
+	StateOpen StateType = "open"
+	// StateClosed pr/issue is closed
+	StateClosed StateType = "closed"
+	// StateAll is all
+	StateAll StateType = "all"
+)
+
+// IssueType is issue a pull or only an issue
+type IssueType string
+
+const (
+	// IssueTypeAll pr and issue
+	IssueTypeAll IssueType = ""
+	// IssueTypeIssue only issues
+	IssueTypeIssue IssueType = "issues"
+	// IssueTypePull only pulls
+	IssueTypePull IssueType = "pulls"
+)
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListIssueOption) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+
+	if len(opt.State) > 0 {
+		query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.Labels) > 0 {
+		query.Add("labels", strings.Join(opt.Labels, ","))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
+		query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
+	}
+
+	query.Add("type", string(opt.Type))
+
+	if len(opt.Milestones) > 0 {
+		query.Add("milestones", strings.Join(opt.Milestones, ","))
+	}
+
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.CreatedBy) > 0 {
+		query.Add("created_by", opt.CreatedBy)
+	}
+	if len(opt.AssignedBy) > 0 {
+		query.Add("assigned_by", opt.AssignedBy)
+	}
+	if len(opt.MentionedBy) > 0 {
+		query.Add("mentioned_by", opt.MentionedBy)
+	}
+	if len(opt.Owner) > 0 {
+		query.Add("owner", opt.Owner)
+	}
+	if len(opt.Team) > 0 {
+		query.Add("team", opt.MentionedBy)
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListIssues returns all issues assigned the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) ListIssues(opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/issues/search")
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
+	if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
+		for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
+			if issues[i].Repository != nil {
+				issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	for i := range issues {
+		c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
+	}
+	return issues, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoIssues returns all issues for a given repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoIssues(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
+	if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
+		for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
+			if issues[i].Repository != nil {
+				issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	for i := range issues {
+		c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
+	}
+	return issues, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssue returns a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) GetIssue(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	issue := new(Issue)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, issue)
+	if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil && issue.Repository != nil {
+		issue.Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issue.Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
+	}
+	c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
+	return issue, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateIssueOption options to create one issue
+type CreateIssueOption struct {
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Ref       string     `json:"ref"`
+	Assignees []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Deadline  *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	// milestone id
+	Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"`
+	// list of label ids
+	Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
+	Closed bool    `json:"closed"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateIssueOption struct
+func (opt CreateIssueOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateIssue create a new issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) CreateIssue(owner, repo string, opt CreateIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	issue := new(Issue)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
+	c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
+	return issue, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditIssueOption options for editing an issue
+type EditIssueOption struct {
+	Title          string     `json:"title"`
+	Body           *string    `json:"body"`
+	Ref            *string    `json:"ref"`
+	Assignees      []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Milestone      *int64     `json:"milestone"`
+	State          *StateType `json:"state"`
+	Deadline       *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	RemoveDeadline *bool      `json:"unset_due_date"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditIssueOption struct
+func (opt EditIssueOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditIssue modify an existing issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) EditIssue(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	issue := new(Issue)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
+	c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
+	return issue, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssue delete a issue from a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssue(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", user, repo, id),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+func (c *Client) issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue *Issue) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
+		c.mutex.RLock()
+		issue.HTMLURL = fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/issues/%d", c.url, issue.Repository.FullName, issue.Index)
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_comment.go

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Comment represents a comment on a commit or issue
+type Comment struct {
+	ID               int64     `json:"id"`
+	HTMLURL          string    `json:"html_url"`
+	PRURL            string    `json:"pull_request_url"`
+	IssueURL         string    `json:"issue_url"`
+	Poster           *User     `json:"user"`
+	OriginalAuthor   string    `json:"original_author"`
+	OriginalAuthorID int64     `json:"original_author_id"`
+	Body             string    `json:"body"`
+	Created          time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated          time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+}
+
+// ListIssueCommentOptions list comment options
+type ListIssueCommentOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Since  time.Time
+	Before time.Time
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListIssueCommentOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListIssueComments list comments on an issue.
+func (c *Client) ListIssueComments(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
+	return comments, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoIssueComments list comments for a given repo.
+func (c *Client) ListRepoIssueComments(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
+	return comments, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssueComment get a comment for a given repo by id.
+func (c *Client) GetIssueComment(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	comment := new(Comment)
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return comment, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, &comment)
+	return comment, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateIssueCommentOption options for creating a comment on an issue
+type CreateIssueCommentOption struct {
+	Body string `json:"body"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateIssueCommentOption struct
+func (opt CreateIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateIssueComment create comment on an issue.
+func (c *Client) CreateIssueComment(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreateIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	comment := new(Comment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
+	return comment, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditIssueCommentOption options for editing a comment
+type EditIssueCommentOption struct {
+	Body string `json:"body"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditIssueCommentOption struct
+func (opt EditIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditIssueComment edits an issue comment.
+func (c *Client) EditIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64, opt EditIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	comment := new(Comment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
+	return comment, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueComment deletes an issue comment.
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_label.go

@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Label a label to an issue or a pr
+type Label struct {
+	ID   int64  `json:"id"`
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// example: 00aabb
+	Color       string `json:"color"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	URL         string `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// ListLabelsOptions options for listing repository's labels
+type ListLabelsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoLabels list labels of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoLabels(owner, repo string, opt ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	labels := make([]*Label, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels?%s", owner, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoLabel get one label of repository by repo it
+func (c *Client) GetRepoLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	label := new(Label)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, label)
+	return label, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateLabelOption options for creating a label
+type CreateLabelOption struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// example: #00aabb
+	Color       string `json:"color"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateLabelOption struct
+func (opt CreateLabelOption) Validate() error {
+	aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", opt.Color)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if !aw {
+		return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
+	}
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateLabel create one label of repository
+func (c *Client) CreateLabel(owner, repo string, opt CreateLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if len(opt.Color) == 6 {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+			opt.Color = "#" + opt.Color
+		}
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	label := new(Label)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
+	return label, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditLabelOption options for editing a label
+type EditLabelOption struct {
+	Name        *string `json:"name"`
+	Color       *string `json:"color"`
+	Description *string `json:"description"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditLabelOption struct
+func (opt EditLabelOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Color != nil {
+		aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", *opt.Color)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if !aw {
+			return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
+		}
+	}
+	if opt.Name != nil {
+		if len(strings.TrimSpace(*opt.Name)) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditLabel modify one label with options
+func (c *Client) EditLabel(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	label := new(Label)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
+	return label, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteLabel delete one label of repository by id
+func (c *Client) DeleteLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssueLabels get labels of one issue via issue id
+func (c *Client) GetIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opts ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	labels := make([]*Label, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels?%s", owner, repo, index, opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// IssueLabelsOption a collection of labels
+type IssueLabelsOption struct {
+	// list of label IDs
+	Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
+}
+
+// AddIssueLabels add one or more labels to one issue
+func (c *Client) AddIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	var labels []*Label
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReplaceIssueLabels replace old labels of issue with new labels
+func (c *Client) ReplaceIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	var labels []*Label
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueLabel delete one label of one issue by issue id and label id
+// TODO: maybe we need delete by label name and issue id
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueLabel(owner, repo string, index, label int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels/%d", owner, repo, index, label), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ClearIssueLabels delete all the labels of one issue.
+func (c *Client) ClearIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_milestone.go

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Milestone milestone is a collection of issues on one repository
+type Milestone struct {
+	ID           int64      `json:"id"`
+	Title        string     `json:"title"`
+	Description  string     `json:"description"`
+	State        StateType  `json:"state"`
+	OpenIssues   int        `json:"open_issues"`
+	ClosedIssues int        `json:"closed_issues"`
+	Created      time.Time  `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated      *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+	Closed       *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
+	Deadline     *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
+}
+
+// ListMilestoneOption list milestone options
+type ListMilestoneOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+	// open, closed, all
+	State StateType
+	Name  string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListMilestoneOption) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.State != "" {
+		query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) != 0 {
+		query.Add("name", opt.Name)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoMilestones list all the milestones of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo string, opt ListMilestoneOption) ([]*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	milestones := make([]*Milestone, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &milestones)
+	return milestones, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMilestone get one milestone by repo name and milestone id
+func (c *Client) GetMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMilestoneByName get one milestone by repo and milestone name
+func (c *Client) GetMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+		// backwards compatibility mode
+		m, resp, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
+		return m, resp, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil, milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateMilestoneOption options for creating a milestone
+type CreateMilestoneOption struct {
+	Title       string     `json:"title"`
+	Description string     `json:"description"`
+	State       StateType  `json:"state"`
+	Deadline    *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateMilestoneOption struct
+func (opt CreateMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateMilestone create one milestone with options
+func (c *Client) CreateMilestone(owner, repo string, opt CreateMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
+
+	// make creating closed milestones need gitea >= v1.13.0
+	// this make it backwards compatible
+	if err == nil && opt.State == StateClosed && milestone.State != StateClosed {
+		closed := StateClosed
+		return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, milestone.ID, EditMilestoneOption{
+			State: &closed,
+		})
+	}
+
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditMilestoneOption options for editing a milestone
+type EditMilestoneOption struct {
+	Title       string     `json:"title"`
+	Description *string    `json:"description"`
+	State       *StateType `json:"state"`
+	Deadline    *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditMilestoneOption struct
+func (opt EditMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditMilestone modify milestone with options
+func (c *Client) EditMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditMilestoneByName modify milestone with options
+func (c *Client) EditMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name string, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+		// backwards compatibility mode
+		m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID, opt)
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteMilestone delete one milestone by id
+func (c *Client) DeleteMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteMilestoneByName delete one milestone by name
+func (c *Client) DeleteMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name string) (*Response, error) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+		// backwards compatibility mode
+		m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return c.DeleteMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID)
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// resolveMilestoneByName is a fallback method to find milestone id by name
+func (c *Client) resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	for i := 1; ; i++ {
+		miles, resp, err := c.ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo, ListMilestoneOption{
+			ListOptions: ListOptions{
+				Page: i,
+			},
+			State: "all",
+		})
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		if len(miles) == 0 {
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("milestone '%s' do not exist", name)
+		}
+		for _, m := range miles {
+			if strings.EqualFold(strings.TrimSpace(m.Title), strings.TrimSpace(name)) {
+				return m, resp, nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_reaction.go

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Reaction contain one reaction
+type Reaction struct {
+	User     *User     `json:"user"`
+	Reaction string    `json:"content"`
+	Created  time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+}
+
+// GetIssueReactions get a list reactions of an issue
+func (c *Client) GetIssueReactions(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &reactions)
+	return reactions, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssueCommentReactions get a list of reactions from a comment of an issue
+func (c *Client) GetIssueCommentReactions(owner, repo string, commentID int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil, &reactions)
+	return reactions, resp, err
+}
+
+// editReactionOption contain the reaction type
+type editReactionOption struct {
+	Reaction string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// PostIssueReaction add a reaction to an issue
+func (c *Client) PostIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
+	return reactionResponse, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueReaction remove a reaction from an issue
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// PostIssueCommentReaction add a reaction to a comment of an issue
+func (c *Client) PostIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
+	return reactionResponse, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueCommentReaction remove a reaction from a comment of an issue
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_stopwatch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// StopWatch represents a running stopwatch of an issue / pr
+type StopWatch struct {
+	Created       time.Time `json:"created"`
+	Seconds       int64     `json:"seconds"`
+	Duration      string    `json:"duration"`
+	IssueIndex    int64     `json:"issue_index"`
+	IssueTitle    string    `json:"issue_title"`
+	RepoOwnerName string    `json:"repo_owner_name"`
+	RepoName      string    `json:"repo_name"`
+}
+
+// GetMyStopwatches list all stopwatches
+func (c *Client) GetMyStopwatches() ([]*StopWatch, *Response, error) {
+	stopwatches := make([]*StopWatch, 0, 1)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/stopwatches", nil, nil, &stopwatches)
+	return stopwatches, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueStopwatch delete / cancel a specific stopwatch
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueStopwatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/delete", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// StartIssueStopWatch starts a stopwatch for an existing issue for a given
+// repository
+func (c *Client) StartIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/start", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// StopIssueStopWatch stops an existing stopwatch for an issue in a given
+// repository
+func (c *Client) StopIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/stop", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_subscription.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// GetIssueSubscribers get list of users who subscribed on an issue
+func (c *Client) GetIssueSubscribers(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	subscribers := make([]*User, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &subscribers)
+	return subscribers, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddIssueSubscription Subscribe user to issue
+func (c *Client) AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusCreated {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusOK {
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("already subscribed")
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueSubscription unsubscribe user from issue
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusCreated {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusOK {
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("already unsubscribed")
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}
+
+// CheckIssueSubscription check if current user is subscribed to an issue
+func (c *Client) CheckIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64) (*WatchInfo, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	wi := new(WatchInfo)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/check", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, wi)
+	return wi, resp, err
+}
+
+// IssueSubscribe subscribe current user to an issue
+func (c *Client) IssueSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return c.AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
+}
+
+// IssueUnSubscribe unsubscribe current user from an issue
+func (c *Client) IssueUnSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return c.DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_template.go

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// IssueTemplate provides metadata and content on an issue template.
+// There are two types of issue templates: .Markdown- and .Form-based.
+type IssueTemplate struct {
+	Name        string   `json:"name"`
+	About       string   `json:"about"`
+	Filename    string   `json:"file_name"`
+	IssueTitle  string   `json:"title"`
+	IssueLabels []string `json:"labels"`
+	IssueRef    string   `json:"ref"`
+	// If non-nil, this is a form-based template
+	Form []IssueFormElement `json:"body"`
+	// Should only be used when .Form is nil.
+	MarkdownContent string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// IssueFormElement describes a part of a IssueTemplate form
+type IssueFormElement struct {
+	ID          string                      `json:"id"`
+	Type        IssueFormElementType        `json:"type"`
+	Attributes  IssueFormElementAttributes  `json:"attributes"`
+	Validations IssueFormElementValidations `json:"validations"`
+}
+
+// IssueFormElementAttributes contains the combined set of attributes available on all element types.
+type IssueFormElementAttributes struct {
+	// required for all element types.
+	// A brief description of the expected user input, which is also displayed in the form.
+	Label string `json:"label"`
+	// required for element types "dropdown", "checkboxes"
+	// for dropdown, contains the available options
+	Options []string `json:"options"`
+	// for element types "markdown", "textarea", "input"
+	// Text that is pre-filled in the input
+	Value string `json:"value"`
+	// for element types "textarea", "input", "dropdown", "checkboxes"
+	// A description of the text area to provide context or guidance, which is displayed in the form.
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// for element types "textarea", "input"
+	// A semi-opaque placeholder that renders in the text area when empty.
+	Placeholder string `json:"placeholder"`
+	// for element types "textarea"
+	// A language specifier. If set, the input is rendered as codeblock with syntax highlighting.
+	SyntaxHighlighting string `json:"render"`
+	// for element types "dropdown"
+	Multiple bool `json:"multiple"`
+}
+
+// IssueFormElementValidations contains the combined set of validations available on all element types.
+type IssueFormElementValidations struct {
+	// for all element types
+	Required bool `json:"required"`
+	// for element types "input"
+	IsNumber bool `json:"is_number"`
+	// for element types "input"
+	Regex string `json:"regex"`
+}
+
+// IssueFormElementType is an enum
+type IssueFormElementType string
+
+const (
+	// IssueFormElementMarkdown is markdown rendered to the form for context, but omitted in the resulting issue
+	IssueFormElementMarkdown IssueFormElementType = "markdown"
+	// IssueFormElementTextarea is a multi line input
+	IssueFormElementTextarea IssueFormElementType = "textarea"
+	// IssueFormElementInput is a single line input
+	IssueFormElementInput IssueFormElementType = "input"
+	// IssueFormElementDropdown is a select form
+	IssueFormElementDropdown IssueFormElementType = "dropdown"
+	// IssueFormElementCheckboxes are a multi checkbox input
+	IssueFormElementCheckboxes IssueFormElementType = "checkboxes"
+)
+
+// GetIssueTemplates lists all issue templates of the repository
+func (c *Client) GetIssueTemplates(owner, repo string) ([]*IssueTemplate, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	templates := new([]*IssueTemplate)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issue_templates", owner, repo), nil, nil, templates)
+	return *templates, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsForm tells if this template is a form instead of a markdown-based template.
+func (t IssueTemplate) IsForm() bool {
+	return t.Form != nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_tracked_time.go

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// TrackedTime worked time for an issue / pr
+type TrackedTime struct {
+	ID      int64     `json:"id"`
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+	// Time in seconds
+	Time int64 `json:"time"`
+	// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
+	UserID   int64  `json:"user_id"`
+	UserName string `json:"user_name"`
+	// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
+	IssueID int64  `json:"issue_id"`
+	Issue   *Issue `json:"issue"`
+}
+
+// ListTrackedTimesOptions options for listing repository's tracked times
+type ListTrackedTimesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Since  time.Time
+	Before time.Time
+	// User filter is only used by ListRepoTrackedTimes !!!
+	User string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListTrackedTimesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.User) != 0 {
+		query.Add("user", opt.User)
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoTrackedTimes list tracked times of a repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/times", owner, repo))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
+	return times, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyTrackedTimes list tracked times of the current user
+func (c *Client) GetMyTrackedTimes() ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/times", jsonHeader, nil, &times)
+	return times, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddTimeOption options for adding time to an issue
+type AddTimeOption struct {
+	// time in seconds
+	Time int64 `json:"time"`
+	// optional
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+	// optional
+	User string `json:"user_name"`
+}
+
+// Validate the AddTimeOption struct
+func (opt AddTimeOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Time == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no time to add")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AddTime adds time to issue with the given index
+func (c *Client) AddTime(owner, repo string, index int64, opt AddTimeOption) (*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(TrackedTime)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListIssueTrackedTimes list tracked times of a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) ListIssueTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
+	return times, resp, err
+}
+
+// ResetIssueTime reset tracked time of a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) ResetIssueTime(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteTime delete a specific tracked time by id of a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteTime(owner, repo string, index, timeID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times/%d", owner, repo, index, timeID), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/list_options.go

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+// ListOptions options for using Gitea's API pagination
+type ListOptions struct {
+	// Setting Page to -1 disables pagination on endpoints that support it.
+	// Page numbering starts at 1.
+	Page int
+	// The default value depends on the server config DEFAULT_PAGING_NUM
+	// The highest valid value depends on the server config MAX_RESPONSE_ITEMS
+	PageSize int
+}
+
+func (o ListOptions) getURLQuery() url.Values {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.Page))
+	query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.PageSize))
+
+	return query
+}
+
+// setDefaults applies default pagination options.
+// If .Page is set to -1, it will disable pagination.
+// WARNING: This function is not idempotent, make sure to never call this method twice!
+func (o *ListOptions) setDefaults() {
+	if o.Page < 0 {
+		o.Page, o.PageSize = 0, 0
+		return
+	} else if o.Page == 0 {
+		o.Page = 1
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/notifications.go

@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// NotificationThread expose Notification on API
+type NotificationThread struct {
+	ID         int64                `json:"id"`
+	Repository *Repository          `json:"repository"`
+	Subject    *NotificationSubject `json:"subject"`
+	Unread     bool                 `json:"unread"`
+	Pinned     bool                 `json:"pinned"`
+	UpdatedAt  time.Time            `json:"updated_at"`
+	URL        string               `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// NotificationSubject contains the notification subject (Issue/Pull/Commit)
+type NotificationSubject struct {
+	Title                string             `json:"title"`
+	URL                  string             `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL              string             `json:"html_url"`
+	LatestCommentURL     string             `json:"latest_comment_url"`
+	LatestCommentHTMLURL string             `json:"latest_comment_html_url"`
+	Type                 NotifySubjectType  `json:"type"`
+	State                NotifySubjectState `json:"state"`
+}
+
+// NotifyStatus notification status type
+type NotifyStatus string
+
+const (
+	// NotifyStatusUnread was not read
+	NotifyStatusUnread NotifyStatus = "unread"
+	// NotifyStatusRead was already read by user
+	NotifyStatusRead NotifyStatus = "read"
+	// NotifyStatusPinned notification is pinned by user
+	NotifyStatusPinned NotifyStatus = "pinned"
+)
+
+// NotifySubjectType represent type of notification subject
+type NotifySubjectType string
+
+const (
+	// NotifySubjectIssue an issue is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectIssue NotifySubjectType = "Issue"
+	// NotifySubjectPull an pull is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectPull NotifySubjectType = "Pull"
+	// NotifySubjectCommit an commit is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectCommit NotifySubjectType = "Commit"
+	// NotifySubjectRepository an repository is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectRepository NotifySubjectType = "Repository"
+)
+
+// NotifySubjectState reflect state of notification subject
+type NotifySubjectState string
+
+const (
+	// NotifySubjectOpen if subject is a pull/issue and is open at the moment
+	NotifySubjectOpen NotifySubjectState = "open"
+	// NotifySubjectClosed if subject is a pull/issue and is closed at the moment
+	NotifySubjectClosed NotifySubjectState = "closed"
+	// NotifySubjectMerged if subject is a pull and got merged
+	NotifySubjectMerged NotifySubjectState = "merged"
+)
+
+// ListNotificationOptions represents the filter options
+type ListNotificationOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Since        time.Time
+	Before       time.Time
+	Status       []NotifyStatus
+	SubjectTypes []NotifySubjectType
+}
+
+// MarkNotificationOptions represents the filter & modify options
+type MarkNotificationOptions struct {
+	LastReadAt time.Time
+	Status     []NotifyStatus
+	ToStatus   NotifyStatus
+}
+
+// QueryEncode encode options to url query
+func (opt *ListNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	for _, s := range opt.Status {
+		query.Add("status-types", string(s))
+	}
+	for _, s := range opt.SubjectTypes {
+		query.Add("subject-type", string(s))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
+func (opt ListNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(opt.Status) != 0 {
+		return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// QueryEncode encode options to url query
+func (opt *MarkNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	if !opt.LastReadAt.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("last_read_at", opt.LastReadAt.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	for _, s := range opt.Status {
+		query.Add("status-types", string(s))
+	}
+	if len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
+		query.Add("to-status", string(opt.ToStatus))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
+func (opt MarkNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(opt.Status) != 0 || len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
+		return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CheckNotifications list users's notification threads
+func (c *Client) CheckNotifications() (int64, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return 0, nil, err
+	}
+	new := struct {
+		New int64 `json:"new"`
+	}{}
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/notifications/new", jsonHeader, nil, &new)
+	return new.New, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetNotification get notification thread by ID
+func (c *Client) GetNotification(id int64) (*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	thread := new(NotificationThread)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id), nil, nil, thread)
+	return thread, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReadNotification mark notification thread as read by ID
+// It optionally takes a second argument if status has to be set other than 'read'
+// The relevant notification will be returned as the first parameter when the Gitea server is 1.16.0 or higher.
+func (c *Client) ReadNotification(id int64, status ...NotifyStatus) (*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link := fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id)
+	if len(status) != 0 {
+		link += fmt.Sprintf("?to-status=%s", status[0])
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_16_0); err == nil {
+		thread := &NotificationThread{}
+		resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", link, nil, nil, thread)
+		return thread, resp, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", link, nil, nil)
+	return nil, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListNotifications list users's notification threads
+func (c *Client) ListNotifications(opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
+	return threads, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReadNotifications mark notification threads as read
+// The relevant notifications will only be returned as the first parameter when the Gitea server is 1.16.0 or higher.
+func (c *Client) ReadNotifications(opt MarkNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_16_0); err == nil {
+		threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
+		resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
+		return threads, resp, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
+	return nil, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoNotifications list users's notification threads on a specific repo
+func (c *Client) ListRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
+	return threads, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReadRepoNotifications mark notification threads as read on a specific repo
+// The relevant notifications will only be returned as the first parameter when the Gitea server is 1.16.0 or higher.
+func (c *Client) ReadRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt MarkNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_16_0); err == nil {
+		threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
+		resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
+		return threads, resp, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
+	return nil, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/oauth2.go

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Oauth2 represents an Oauth2 Application
+type Oauth2 struct {
+	ID                 int64     `json:"id"`
+	Name               string    `json:"name"`
+	ClientID           string    `json:"client_id"`
+	ClientSecret       string    `json:"client_secret"`
+	RedirectURIs       []string  `json:"redirect_uris"`
+	ConfidentialClient bool      `json:"confidential_client"`
+	Created            time.Time `json:"created"`
+}
+
+// ListOauth2Option for listing Oauth2 Applications
+type ListOauth2Option struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// CreateOauth2Option required options for creating an Application
+type CreateOauth2Option struct {
+	Name               string   `json:"name"`
+	ConfidentialClient bool     `json:"confidential_client"`
+	RedirectURIs       []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
+}
+
+// CreateOauth2 create an Oauth2 Application and returns a completed Oauth2 object.
+func (c *Client) CreateOauth2(opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	oauth := new(Oauth2)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/applications/oauth2", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
+	return oauth, resp, err
+}
+
+// UpdateOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID and return a completed Oauth2 object.
+func (c *Client) UpdateOauth2(oauth2id int64, opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	oauth := new(Oauth2)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
+	return oauth, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID.
+func (c *Client) GetOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	oauth2s := &Oauth2{}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
+	return oauth2s, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListOauth2 all of your Oauth2 Applications.
+func (c *Client) ListOauth2(opt ListOauth2Option) ([]*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	oauth2s := make([]*Oauth2, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
+	return oauth2s, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteOauth2 delete an Oauth2 application by ID
+func (c *Client) DeleteOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org.go

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Organization represents an organization
+type Organization struct {
+	ID          int64  `json:"id"`
+	UserName    string `json:"username"`
+	FullName    string `json:"full_name"`
+	AvatarURL   string `json:"avatar_url"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	Website     string `json:"website"`
+	Location    string `json:"location"`
+	Visibility  string `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// VisibleType defines the visibility
+type VisibleType string
+
+const (
+	// VisibleTypePublic Visible for everyone
+	VisibleTypePublic VisibleType = "public"
+
+	// VisibleTypeLimited Visible for every connected user
+	VisibleTypeLimited VisibleType = "limited"
+
+	// VisibleTypePrivate Visible only for organization's members
+	VisibleTypePrivate VisibleType = "private"
+)
+
+// ListOrgsOptions options for listing organizations
+type ListOrgsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyOrgs list all of current user's organizations
+func (c *Client) ListMyOrgs(opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
+	return orgs, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListUserOrgs list all of some user's organizations
+func (c *Client) ListUserOrgs(user string, opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/orgs?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
+	return orgs, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetOrg get one organization by name
+func (c *Client) GetOrg(orgname string) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	org := new(Organization)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), nil, nil, org)
+	return org, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateOrgOption options for creating an organization
+type CreateOrgOption struct {
+	Name                      string      `json:"username"`
+	FullName                  string      `json:"full_name"`
+	Description               string      `json:"description"`
+	Website                   string      `json:"website"`
+	Location                  string      `json:"location"`
+	Visibility                VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+	RepoAdminChangeTeamAccess bool        `json:"repo_admin_change_team_access"`
+}
+
+// checkVisibilityOpt check if mode exist
+func checkVisibilityOpt(v VisibleType) bool {
+	return v == VisibleTypePublic || v == VisibleTypeLimited || v == VisibleTypePrivate
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateOrgOption struct
+func (opt CreateOrgOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("empty org name")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateOrg creates an organization
+func (c *Client) CreateOrg(opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	org := new(Organization)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/orgs", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
+	return org, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditOrgOption options for editing an organization
+type EditOrgOption struct {
+	FullName    string      `json:"full_name"`
+	Description string      `json:"description"`
+	Website     string      `json:"website"`
+	Location    string      `json:"location"`
+	Visibility  VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditOrgOption struct
+func (opt EditOrgOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditOrg modify one organization via options
+func (c *Client) EditOrg(orgname string, opt EditOrgOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteOrg deletes an organization
+func (c *Client) DeleteOrg(orgname string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_action.go

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+// Copyright 2023 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+// ListOrgMembershipOption list OrgMembership options
+type ListOrgActionSecretOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgMembership list an organization's members
+func (c *Client) ListOrgActionSecret(org string, opt ListOrgActionSecretOption) ([]*Secret, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	secrets := make([]*Secret, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/actions/secrets", org))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &secrets)
+	return secrets, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_member.go

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+// DeleteOrgMembership remove a member from an organization
+func (c *Client) DeleteOrgMembership(org, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListOrgMembershipOption list OrgMembership options
+type ListOrgMembershipOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgMembership list an organization's members
+func (c *Client) ListOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members", org))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListPublicOrgMembership list an organization's members
+func (c *Client) ListPublicOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members", org))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
+func (c *Client) CheckOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNoContent:
+		return true, resp, nil
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return false, resp, nil
+	default:
+		return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// CheckPublicOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
+func (c *Client) CheckPublicOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNoContent:
+		return true, resp, nil
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return false, resp, nil
+	default:
+		return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// SetPublicOrgMembership publicize/conceal a user's membership
+func (c *Client) SetPublicOrgMembership(org, user string, visible bool) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	var (
+		status int
+		err    error
+		resp   *Response
+	)
+	if visible {
+		status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	} else {
+		status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNoContent:
+		return resp, nil
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("forbidden")
+	default:
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// OrgPermissions represents the permissions for an user in an organization
+type OrgPermissions struct {
+	CanCreateRepository bool `json:"can_create_repository"`
+	CanRead             bool `json:"can_read"`
+	CanWrite            bool `json:"can_write"`
+	IsAdmin             bool `json:"is_admin"`
+	IsOwner             bool `json:"is_owner"`
+}
+
+// GetOrgPermissions returns user permissions for specific organization.
+func (c *Client) GetOrgPermissions(org, user string) (*OrgPermissions, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	perm := &OrgPermissions{}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/orgs/%s/permissions", user, org), jsonHeader, nil, &perm)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return perm, resp, nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_team.go

@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+// Team represents a team in an organization
+type Team struct {
+	ID                      int64          `json:"id"`
+	Name                    string         `json:"name"`
+	Description             string         `json:"description"`
+	Organization            *Organization  `json:"organization"`
+	Permission              AccessMode     `json:"permission"`
+	CanCreateOrgRepo        bool           `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
+	IncludesAllRepositories bool           `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
+	Units                   []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
+}
+
+// RepoUnitType represent all unit types of a repo gitea currently offer
+type RepoUnitType string
+
+const (
+	// RepoUnitCode represent file view of a repository
+	RepoUnitCode RepoUnitType = "repo.code"
+	// RepoUnitIssues represent issues of a repository
+	RepoUnitIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.issues"
+	// RepoUnitPulls represent pulls of a repository
+	RepoUnitPulls RepoUnitType = "repo.pulls"
+	// RepoUnitExtIssues represent external issues of a repository
+	RepoUnitExtIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_issues"
+	// RepoUnitWiki represent wiki of a repository
+	RepoUnitWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.wiki"
+	// RepoUnitExtWiki represent external wiki of a repository
+	RepoUnitExtWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_wiki"
+	// RepoUnitReleases represent releases of a repository
+	RepoUnitReleases RepoUnitType = "repo.releases"
+	// RepoUnitProjects represent projects of a repository
+	RepoUnitProjects RepoUnitType = "repo.projects"
+	// RepoUnitPackages represents packages of a repository
+	RepoUnitPackages RepoUnitType = "repo.packages"
+	// RepoUnitActions represents actions of a repository
+	RepoUnitActions RepoUnitType = "repo.actions"
+)
+
+// ListTeamsOptions options for listing teams
+type ListTeamsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgTeams lists all teams of an organization
+func (c *Client) ListOrgTeams(org string, opt ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
+	return teams, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListMyTeams lists all the teams of the current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyTeams(opt *ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/teams?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
+	return teams, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetTeam gets a team by ID
+func (c *Client) GetTeam(id int64) (*Team, *Response, error) {
+	t := new(Team)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil, t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// SearchTeamsOptions options for searching teams.
+type SearchTeamsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Query              string
+	IncludeDescription bool
+}
+
+func (o SearchTeamsOptions) getURLQuery() url.Values {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.Page))
+	query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.PageSize))
+	query.Add("q", o.Query)
+	query.Add("include_desc", fmt.Sprintf("%t", o.IncludeDescription))
+
+	return query
+}
+
+// TeamSearchResults is the JSON struct that is returned from Team search API.
+type TeamSearchResults struct {
+	OK    bool    `json:"ok"`
+	Error string  `json:"error"`
+	Data  []*Team `json:"data"`
+}
+
+// SearchOrgTeams search for teams in a org.
+func (c *Client) SearchOrgTeams(org string, opt *SearchTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	responseBody := TeamSearchResults{}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams/search?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &responseBody)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	if !responseBody.OK {
+		return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("gitea error: %v", responseBody.Error)
+	}
+	return responseBody.Data, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateTeamOption options for creating a team
+type CreateTeamOption struct {
+	Name                    string         `json:"name"`
+	Description             string         `json:"description"`
+	Permission              AccessMode     `json:"permission"`
+	CanCreateOrgRepo        bool           `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
+	IncludesAllRepositories bool           `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
+	Units                   []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateTeamOption struct
+func (opt *CreateTeamOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
+		opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
+	} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
+		return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateTeam creates a team for an organization
+func (c *Client) CreateTeam(org string, opt CreateTeamOption) (*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := (&opt).Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Team)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditTeamOption options for editing a team
+type EditTeamOption struct {
+	Name                    string         `json:"name"`
+	Description             *string        `json:"description"`
+	Permission              AccessMode     `json:"permission"`
+	CanCreateOrgRepo        *bool          `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
+	IncludesAllRepositories *bool          `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
+	Units                   []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditTeamOption struct
+func (opt *EditTeamOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
+		opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
+	} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
+		return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
+	}
+	if opt.Description != nil && len(*opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditTeam edits a team of an organization
+func (c *Client) EditTeam(id int64, opt EditTeamOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := (&opt).Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteTeam deletes a team of an organization
+func (c *Client) DeleteTeam(id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListTeamMembersOptions options for listing team's members
+type ListTeamMembersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListTeamMembers lists all members of a team
+func (c *Client) ListTeamMembers(id int64, opt ListTeamMembersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	members := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &members)
+	return members, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetTeamMember gets a member of a team
+func (c *Client) GetTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	m := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil, m)
+	return m, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddTeamMember adds a member to a team
+func (c *Client) AddTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// RemoveTeamMember removes a member from a team
+func (c *Client) RemoveTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListTeamRepositoriesOptions options for listing team's repositories
+type ListTeamRepositoriesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListTeamRepositories lists all repositories of a team
+func (c *Client) ListTeamRepositories(id int64, opt ListTeamRepositoriesOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddTeamRepository adds a repository to a team
+func (c *Client) AddTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// RemoveTeamRepository removes a repository from a team
+func (c *Client) RemoveTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/package.go

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+// Copyright 2023 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Package represents a package
+type Package struct {
+	// the package's id
+	ID int64 `json:"id"`
+	// the package's owner
+	Owner User `json:"owner"`
+	// the repo this package belongs to (if any)
+	Repository *string `json:"repository"`
+	// the package's creator
+	Creator User `json:"creator"`
+	// the type of package:
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	// the name of the package
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// the version of the package
+	Version string `json:"version"`
+	// the date the package was uploaded
+	CreatedAt time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+}
+
+// PackageFile represents a file from a package
+type PackageFile struct {
+	// the file's ID
+	ID int64 `json:"id"`
+	// the size of the file in bytes
+	Size int64 `json:"size"`
+	// the name of the file
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// the md5 hash of the file
+	MD5 string `json:"md5"`
+	// the sha1 hash of the file
+	SHA1 string `json:"sha1"`
+	// the sha256 hash of the file
+	SHA256 string `json:"sha256"`
+	// the sha512 hash of the file
+	SHA512 string `json:"sha512"`
+}
+
+// ListPackagesOptions options for listing packages
+type ListPackagesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListPackages lists all the packages owned by a given owner (user, organisation)
+func (c *Client) ListPackages(owner string, opt ListPackagesOptions) ([]*Package, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	packages := make([]*Package, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/packages/%s?%s", owner, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &packages)
+	return packages, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPackage gets the details of a specific package version
+func (c *Client) GetPackage(owner, packageType, name, version string) (*Package, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &packageType, &name, &version); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	foundPackage := new(Package)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/packages/%s/%s/%s/%s", owner, packageType, name, version), nil, nil, foundPackage)
+	return foundPackage, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeletePackage deletes a specific package version
+func (c *Client) DeletePackage(owner, packageType, name, version string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &packageType, &name, &version); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/packages/%s/%s/%s/%s", owner, packageType, name, version), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListPackageFiles lists the files within a package
+func (c *Client) ListPackageFiles(owner, packageType, name, version string) ([]*PackageFile, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &packageType, &name, &version); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	packageFiles := make([]*PackageFile, 0)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/packages/%s/%s/%s/%s/files", owner, packageType, name, version), nil, nil, &packageFiles)
+	return packageFiles, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull.go

@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PRBranchInfo information about a branch
+type PRBranchInfo struct {
+	Name       string      `json:"label"`
+	Ref        string      `json:"ref"`
+	Sha        string      `json:"sha"`
+	RepoID     int64       `json:"repo_id"`
+	Repository *Repository `json:"repo"`
+}
+
+// PullRequest represents a pull request
+type PullRequest struct {
+	ID        int64      `json:"id"`
+	URL       string     `json:"url"`
+	Index     int64      `json:"number"`
+	Poster    *User      `json:"user"`
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Labels    []*Label   `json:"labels"`
+	Milestone *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
+	Assignee  *User      `json:"assignee"`
+	Assignees []*User    `json:"assignees"`
+	State     StateType  `json:"state"`
+	IsLocked  bool       `json:"is_locked"`
+	Comments  int        `json:"comments"`
+
+	HTMLURL  string `json:"html_url"`
+	DiffURL  string `json:"diff_url"`
+	PatchURL string `json:"patch_url"`
+
+	Mergeable           bool       `json:"mergeable"`
+	HasMerged           bool       `json:"merged"`
+	Merged              *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
+	MergedCommitID      *string    `json:"merge_commit_sha"`
+	MergedBy            *User      `json:"merged_by"`
+	AllowMaintainerEdit bool       `json:"allow_maintainer_edit"`
+
+	Base      *PRBranchInfo `json:"base"`
+	Head      *PRBranchInfo `json:"head"`
+	MergeBase string        `json:"merge_base"`
+
+	Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	Created  *time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated  *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+	Closed   *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
+}
+
+// ChangedFile is a changed file in a diff
+type ChangedFile struct {
+	Filename         string `json:"filename"`
+	PreviousFilename string `json:"previous_filename"`
+	Status           string `json:"status"`
+	Additions        int    `json:"additions"`
+	Deletions        int    `json:"deletions"`
+	Changes          int    `json:"changes"`
+	HTMLURL          string `json:"html_url"`
+	ContentsURL      string `json:"contents_url"`
+	RawURL           string `json:"raw_url"`
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestsOptions options for listing pull requests
+type ListPullRequestsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	State StateType `json:"state"`
+	// oldest, recentupdate, leastupdate, mostcomment, leastcomment, priority
+	Sort      string
+	Milestone int64
+}
+
+// MergeStyle is used specify how a pull is merged
+type MergeStyle string
+
+const (
+	// MergeStyleMerge merge pull as usual
+	MergeStyleMerge MergeStyle = "merge"
+	// MergeStyleRebase rebase pull
+	MergeStyleRebase MergeStyle = "rebase"
+	// MergeStyleRebaseMerge rebase and merge pull
+	MergeStyleRebaseMerge MergeStyle = "rebase-merge"
+	// MergeStyleSquash squash and merge pull
+	MergeStyleSquash MergeStyle = "squash"
+)
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListPullRequestsOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if len(opt.State) > 0 {
+		query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
+	}
+	if len(opt.Sort) > 0 {
+		query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
+	}
+	if opt.Milestone > 0 {
+		query.Add("milestone", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Milestone))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoPullRequests list PRs of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoPullRequests(owner, repo string, opt ListPullRequestsOptions) ([]*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	prs := make([]*PullRequest, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &prs)
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+		for i := range prs {
+			if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, prs[i]); err != nil {
+				return prs, resp, err
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return prs, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPullRequest get information of one PR
+func (c *Client) GetPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pr := new(PullRequest)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, pr)
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+		if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, pr); err != nil {
+			return pr, resp, err
+		}
+	}
+	return pr, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreatePullRequestOption options when creating a pull request
+type CreatePullRequestOption struct {
+	Head      string     `json:"head"`
+	Base      string     `json:"base"`
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Assignee  string     `json:"assignee"`
+	Assignees []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Milestone int64      `json:"milestone"`
+	Labels    []int64    `json:"labels"`
+	Deadline  *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+}
+
+// CreatePullRequest create pull request with options
+func (c *Client) CreatePullRequest(owner, repo string, opt CreatePullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pr := new(PullRequest)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
+	return pr, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditPullRequestOption options when modify pull request
+type EditPullRequestOption struct {
+	Title               string     `json:"title"`
+	Body                string     `json:"body"`
+	Base                string     `json:"base"`
+	Assignee            string     `json:"assignee"`
+	Assignees           []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Milestone           int64      `json:"milestone"`
+	Labels              []int64    `json:"labels"`
+	State               *StateType `json:"state"`
+	Deadline            *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	RemoveDeadline      *bool      `json:"unset_due_date"`
+	AllowMaintainerEdit *bool      `json:"allow_maintainer_edit"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditPullRequestOption struct
+func (opt EditPullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Base) != 0 {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("can not change base gitea to old")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditPullRequest modify pull request with PR id and options
+func (c *Client) EditPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditPullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pr := new(PullRequest)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
+	return pr, resp, err
+}
+
+// MergePullRequestOption options when merging a pull request
+type MergePullRequestOption struct {
+	Style                  MergeStyle `json:"Do"`
+	MergeCommitID          string     `json:"MergeCommitID"`
+	Title                  string     `json:"MergeTitleField"`
+	Message                string     `json:"MergeMessageField"`
+	DeleteBranchAfterMerge bool       `json:"delete_branch_after_merge"`
+	ForceMerge             bool       `json:"force_merge"`
+	HeadCommitId           string     `json:"head_commit_id"`
+	MergeWhenChecksSucceed bool       `json:"merge_when_checks_succeed"`
+}
+
+// Validate the MergePullRequestOption struct
+func (opt MergePullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if opt.Style == MergeStyleSquash {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_5); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MergePullRequest merge a PR to repository by PR id
+func (c *Client) MergePullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt MergePullRequestOption) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	return status == 200, resp, nil
+}
+
+// IsPullRequestMerged test if one PR is merged to one repository
+func (c *Client) IsPullRequestMerged(owner, repo string, index int64) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return status == 204, resp, nil
+}
+
+// PullRequestDiffOptions options for GET /repos/<owner>/<repo>/pulls/<idx>.[diff|patch]
+type PullRequestDiffOptions struct {
+	// Include binary file changes when requesting a .diff
+	Binary bool
+}
+
+// QueryEncode converts the options to a query string
+func (o PullRequestDiffOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	query.Add("binary", fmt.Sprintf("%v", o.Binary))
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+type pullRequestDiffType string
+
+const (
+	pullRequestDiffTypeDiff  pullRequestDiffType = "diff"
+	pullRequestDiffTypePatch pullRequestDiffType = "patch"
+)
+
+// getPullRequestDiffOrPatch gets the patch or diff file as bytes for a PR
+func (c *Client) getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo string, kind pullRequestDiffType, index int64, opts PullRequestDiffOptions) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		r, _, err2 := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
+		if err2 != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		if r.Private {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		url := fmt.Sprintf("/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s?%s", owner, repo, index, kind, opts.QueryEncode())
+		return c.getWebResponse("GET", url, nil)
+	}
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetPullRequestPatch gets the git patchset of a PR
+func (c *Client) GetPullRequestPatch(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, pullRequestDiffTypePatch, index, PullRequestDiffOptions{})
+}
+
+// GetPullRequestDiff gets the diff of a PR. For Gitea >= 1.16, you must set includeBinary to get an applicable diff
+func (c *Client) GetPullRequestDiff(owner, repo string, index int64, opts PullRequestDiffOptions) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, pullRequestDiffTypeDiff, index, opts)
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestCommitsOptions options for listing pull requests
+type ListPullRequestCommitsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestCommits list commits for a pull request
+func (c *Client) ListPullRequestCommits(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullRequestCommitsOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/commits", owner, repo, index))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
+	return commits, resp, err
+}
+
+// fixPullHeadSha is a workaround for https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/12675
+// When no head sha is available, this is because the branch got deleted in the base repo.
+// pr.Head.Ref points in this case not to the head repo branch name, but the base repo ref,
+// which stays available to resolve the commit sha. This is fixed for gitea >= 1.14.0
+func fixPullHeadSha(client *Client, pr *PullRequest) error {
+	if pr.Base != nil && pr.Base.Repository != nil && pr.Base.Repository.Owner != nil &&
+		pr.Head != nil && pr.Head.Ref != "" && pr.Head.Sha == "" {
+		owner := pr.Base.Repository.Owner.UserName
+		repo := pr.Base.Repository.Name
+		refs, _, err := client.GetRepoRefs(owner, repo, pr.Head.Ref)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		} else if len(refs) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("unable to resolve PR ref '%s'", pr.Head.Ref)
+		}
+		pr.Head.Sha = refs[0].Object.SHA
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestFilesOptions options for listing pull request files
+type ListPullRequestFilesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestFiles list changed files for a pull request
+func (c *Client) ListPullRequestFiles(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullRequestFilesOptions) ([]*ChangedFile, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/files", owner, repo, index))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	files := make([]*ChangedFile, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &files)
+	return files, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull_review.go

@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// ReviewStateType review state type
+type ReviewStateType string
+
+const (
+	// ReviewStateApproved pr is approved
+	ReviewStateApproved ReviewStateType = "APPROVED"
+	// ReviewStatePending pr state is pending
+	ReviewStatePending ReviewStateType = "PENDING"
+	// ReviewStateComment is a comment review
+	ReviewStateComment ReviewStateType = "COMMENT"
+	// ReviewStateRequestChanges changes for pr are requested
+	ReviewStateRequestChanges ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_CHANGES"
+	// ReviewStateRequestReview review is requested from user
+	ReviewStateRequestReview ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_REVIEW"
+	// ReviewStateUnknown state of pr is unknown
+	ReviewStateUnknown ReviewStateType = ""
+)
+
+// PullReview represents a pull request review
+type PullReview struct {
+	ID           int64           `json:"id"`
+	Reviewer     *User           `json:"user"`
+	ReviewerTeam *Team           `json:"team"`
+	State        ReviewStateType `json:"state"`
+	Body         string          `json:"body"`
+	CommitID     string          `json:"commit_id"`
+	// Stale indicates if the pull has changed since the review
+	Stale bool `json:"stale"`
+	// Official indicates if the review counts towards the required approval limit, if PR base is a protected branch
+	Official          bool      `json:"official"`
+	Dismissed         bool      `json:"dismissed"`
+	CodeCommentsCount int       `json:"comments_count"`
+	Submitted         time.Time `json:"submitted_at"`
+
+	HTMLURL     string `json:"html_url"`
+	HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
+}
+
+// PullReviewComment represents a comment on a pull request review
+type PullReviewComment struct {
+	ID       int64  `json:"id"`
+	Body     string `json:"body"`
+	Reviewer *User  `json:"user"`
+	ReviewID int64  `json:"pull_request_review_id"`
+	Resolver *User  `json:"resolver"`
+
+	Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+
+	Path         string `json:"path"`
+	CommitID     string `json:"commit_id"`
+	OrigCommitID string `json:"original_commit_id"`
+	DiffHunk     string `json:"diff_hunk"`
+	LineNum      uint64 `json:"position"`
+	OldLineNum   uint64 `json:"original_position"`
+
+	HTMLURL     string `json:"html_url"`
+	HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
+}
+
+// CreatePullReviewOptions are options to create a pull review
+type CreatePullReviewOptions struct {
+	State    ReviewStateType           `json:"event"`
+	Body     string                    `json:"body"`
+	CommitID string                    `json:"commit_id"`
+	Comments []CreatePullReviewComment `json:"comments"`
+}
+
+// CreatePullReviewComment represent a review comment for creation api
+type CreatePullReviewComment struct {
+	// the tree path
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+	Body string `json:"body"`
+	// if comment to old file line or 0
+	OldLineNum int64 `json:"old_position"`
+	// if comment to new file line or 0
+	NewLineNum int64 `json:"new_position"`
+}
+
+// SubmitPullReviewOptions are options to submit a pending pull review
+type SubmitPullReviewOptions struct {
+	State ReviewStateType `json:"event"`
+	Body  string          `json:"body"`
+}
+
+// DismissPullReviewOptions are options to dismiss a pull review
+type DismissPullReviewOptions struct {
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+}
+
+// PullReviewRequestOptions are options to add or remove pull review requests
+type PullReviewRequestOptions struct {
+	Reviewers     []string `json:"reviewers"`
+	TeamReviewers []string `json:"team_reviewers"`
+}
+
+// ListPullReviewsOptions options for listing PullReviews
+type ListPullReviewsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// Validate the CreatePullReviewOptions struct
+func (opt CreatePullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
+	if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(opt.Comments) == 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	for i := range opt.Comments {
+		if err := opt.Comments[i].Validate(); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Validate the SubmitPullReviewOptions struct
+func (opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
+	if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Validate the CreatePullReviewComment struct
+func (opt CreatePullReviewComment) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	if opt.NewLineNum != 0 && opt.OldLineNum != 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("old and new line num are set, cant identify the code comment position")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ListPullReviews lists all reviews of a pull request
+func (c *Client) ListPullReviews(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullReviewsOptions) ([]*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	rs := make([]*PullReview, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery().Encode()
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rs)
+	return rs, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPullReview gets a specific review of a pull request
+func (c *Client) GetPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	r := new(PullReview)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil, &r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListPullReviewComments lists all comments of a pull request review
+func (c *Client) ListPullReviewComments(owner, repo string, index, id int64) ([]*PullReviewComment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	rcl := make([]*PullReviewComment, 0, 4)
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/comments", owner, repo, index, id))
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rcl)
+	return rcl, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeletePullReview delete a specific review from a pull request
+func (c *Client) DeletePullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// CreatePullReview create a review to an pull request
+func (c *Client) CreatePullReview(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreatePullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	r := new(PullReview)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// SubmitPullReview submit a pending review to an pull request
+func (c *Client) SubmitPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	r := new(PullReview)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateReviewRequests create review requests to an pull request
+func (c *Client) CreateReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteReviewRequests delete review requests to an pull request
+func (c *Client) DeleteReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DismissPullReview dismiss a review for a pull request
+func (c *Client) DismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt DismissPullReviewOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/dismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// UnDismissPullReview cancel to dismiss a review for a pull request
+func (c *Client) UnDismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/undismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
+		jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/release.go

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Release represents a repository release
+type Release struct {
+	ID           int64         `json:"id"`
+	TagName      string        `json:"tag_name"`
+	Target       string        `json:"target_commitish"`
+	Title        string        `json:"name"`
+	Note         string        `json:"body"`
+	URL          string        `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL      string        `json:"html_url"`
+	TarURL       string        `json:"tarball_url"`
+	ZipURL       string        `json:"zipball_url"`
+	IsDraft      bool          `json:"draft"`
+	IsPrerelease bool          `json:"prerelease"`
+	CreatedAt    time.Time     `json:"created_at"`
+	PublishedAt  time.Time     `json:"published_at"`
+	Publisher    *User         `json:"author"`
+	Attachments  []*Attachment `json:"assets"`
+}
+
+// ListReleasesOptions options for listing repository's releases
+type ListReleasesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	IsDraft      *bool
+	IsPreRelease *bool
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListReleasesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+
+	if opt.IsDraft != nil {
+		query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsDraft))
+	}
+	if opt.IsPreRelease != nil {
+		query.Add("pre-release", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsPreRelease))
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListReleases list releases of a repository
+func (c *Client) ListReleases(owner, repo string, opt ListReleasesOptions) ([]*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	releases := make([]*Release, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases?%s", owner, repo, opt.QueryEncode()),
+		nil, nil, &releases)
+	return releases, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRelease get a release of a repository by id
+func (c *Client) GetRelease(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
+		jsonHeader, nil, &r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetReleaseByTag get a release of a repository by tag
+func (c *Client) GetReleaseByTag(owner, repo, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+		return c.fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo, tag)
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", owner, repo, tag),
+		nil, nil, &r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateReleaseOption options when creating a release
+type CreateReleaseOption struct {
+	TagName      string `json:"tag_name"`
+	Target       string `json:"target_commitish"`
+	Title        string `json:"name"`
+	Note         string `json:"body"`
+	IsDraft      bool   `json:"draft"`
+	IsPrerelease bool   `json:"prerelease"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateReleaseOption struct
+func (opt CreateReleaseOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateRelease create a release
+func (c *Client) CreateRelease(owner, repo string, opt CreateReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditReleaseOption options when editing a release
+type EditReleaseOption struct {
+	TagName      string `json:"tag_name"`
+	Target       string `json:"target_commitish"`
+	Title        string `json:"name"`
+	Note         string `json:"body"`
+	IsDraft      *bool  `json:"draft"`
+	IsPrerelease *bool  `json:"prerelease"`
+}
+
+// EditRelease edit a release
+func (c *Client) EditRelease(owner, repo string, id int64, form EditReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(form)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRelease delete a release from a repository, keeping its tag
+func (c *Client) DeleteRelease(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", user, repo, id),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteReleaseByTag deletes a release frm a repository by tag
+func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseByTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// fallbackGetReleaseByTag is fallback for old gitea installations ( < 1.13.0 )
+func (c *Client) fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	for i := 1; ; i++ {
+		rl, resp, err := c.ListReleases(owner, repo, ListReleasesOptions{ListOptions: ListOptions{Page: i}})
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, resp, err
+		}
+		if len(rl) == 0 {
+			return nil,
+				newResponse(&http.Response{StatusCode: 404}),
+				fmt.Errorf("release with tag '%s' not found", tag)
+		}
+		for _, r := range rl {
+			if r.TagName == tag {
+				return r, resp, nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Permission represents a set of permissions
+type Permission struct {
+	Admin bool `json:"admin"`
+	Push  bool `json:"push"`
+	Pull  bool `json:"pull"`
+}
+
+// InternalTracker represents settings for internal tracker
+type InternalTracker struct {
+	// Enable time tracking (Built-in issue tracker)
+	EnableTimeTracker bool `json:"enable_time_tracker"`
+	// Let only contributors track time (Built-in issue tracker)
+	AllowOnlyContributorsToTrackTime bool `json:"allow_only_contributors_to_track_time"`
+	// Enable dependencies for issues and pull requests (Built-in issue tracker)
+	EnableIssueDependencies bool `json:"enable_issue_dependencies"`
+}
+
+// ExternalTracker represents settings for external tracker
+type ExternalTracker struct {
+	// URL of external issue tracker.
+	ExternalTrackerURL string `json:"external_tracker_url"`
+	// External Issue Tracker URL Format. Use the placeholders {user}, {repo} and {index} for the username, repository name and issue index.
+	ExternalTrackerFormat string `json:"external_tracker_format"`
+	// External Issue Tracker Number Format, either `numeric` or `alphanumeric`
+	ExternalTrackerStyle string `json:"external_tracker_style"`
+}
+
+// ExternalWiki represents setting for external wiki
+type ExternalWiki struct {
+	// URL of external wiki.
+	ExternalWikiURL string `json:"external_wiki_url"`
+}
+
+// Repository represents a repository
+type Repository struct {
+	ID                        int64            `json:"id"`
+	Owner                     *User            `json:"owner"`
+	Name                      string           `json:"name"`
+	FullName                  string           `json:"full_name"`
+	Description               string           `json:"description"`
+	Empty                     bool             `json:"empty"`
+	Private                   bool             `json:"private"`
+	Fork                      bool             `json:"fork"`
+	Template                  bool             `json:"template"`
+	Parent                    *Repository      `json:"parent"`
+	Mirror                    bool             `json:"mirror"`
+	Size                      int              `json:"size"`
+	HTMLURL                   string           `json:"html_url"`
+	SSHURL                    string           `json:"ssh_url"`
+	CloneURL                  string           `json:"clone_url"`
+	OriginalURL               string           `json:"original_url"`
+	Website                   string           `json:"website"`
+	Stars                     int              `json:"stars_count"`
+	Forks                     int              `json:"forks_count"`
+	Watchers                  int              `json:"watchers_count"`
+	OpenIssues                int              `json:"open_issues_count"`
+	OpenPulls                 int              `json:"open_pr_counter"`
+	Releases                  int              `json:"release_counter"`
+	DefaultBranch             string           `json:"default_branch"`
+	Archived                  bool             `json:"archived"`
+	Created                   time.Time        `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated                   time.Time        `json:"updated_at"`
+	Permissions               *Permission      `json:"permissions,omitempty"`
+	HasIssues                 bool             `json:"has_issues"`
+	InternalTracker           *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
+	ExternalTracker           *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
+	HasWiki                   bool             `json:"has_wiki"`
+	ExternalWiki              *ExternalWiki    `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
+	HasPullRequests           bool             `json:"has_pull_requests"`
+	HasProjects               bool             `json:"has_projects"`
+	HasReleases               bool             `json:"has_releases,omitempty"`
+	HasPackages               bool             `json:"has_packages,omitempty"`
+	HasActions                bool             `json:"has_actions,omitempty"`
+	IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts bool             `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts"`
+	AllowMerge                bool             `json:"allow_merge_commits"`
+	AllowRebase               bool             `json:"allow_rebase"`
+	AllowRebaseMerge          bool             `json:"allow_rebase_explicit"`
+	AllowSquash               bool             `json:"allow_squash_merge"`
+	AvatarURL                 string           `json:"avatar_url"`
+	Internal                  bool             `json:"internal"`
+	MirrorInterval            string           `json:"mirror_interval"`
+	MirrorUpdated             time.Time        `json:"mirror_updated,omitempty"`
+	DefaultMergeStyle         MergeStyle       `json:"default_merge_style"`
+}
+
+// RepoType represent repo type
+type RepoType string
+
+const (
+	// RepoTypeNone dont specify a type
+	RepoTypeNone RepoType = ""
+	// RepoTypeSource is the default repo type
+	RepoTypeSource RepoType = "source"
+	// RepoTypeFork is a repo witch was forked from an other one
+	RepoTypeFork RepoType = "fork"
+	// RepoTypeMirror represents an mirror repo
+	RepoTypeMirror RepoType = "mirror"
+)
+
+// TrustModel represent how git signatures are handled in a repository
+type TrustModel string
+
+const (
+	// TrustModelDefault use TM set by global config
+	TrustModelDefault TrustModel = "default"
+	// TrustModelCollaborator gpg signature has to be owned by a repo collaborator
+	TrustModelCollaborator TrustModel = "collaborator"
+	// TrustModelCommitter gpg signature has to match committer
+	TrustModelCommitter TrustModel = "committer"
+	// TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter gpg signature has to match committer and owned by a repo collaborator
+	TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter TrustModel = "collaboratorcommitter"
+)
+
+// ListReposOptions options for listing repositories
+type ListReposOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyRepos lists all repositories for the authenticated user that has access to.
+func (c *Client) ListMyRepos(opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/repos?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListUserRepos list all repositories of one user by user's name
+func (c *Client) ListUserRepos(user string, opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/repos?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListOrgReposOptions options for a organization's repositories
+type ListOrgReposOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgRepos list all repositories of one organization by organization's name
+func (c *Client) ListOrgRepos(org string, opt ListOrgReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/repos?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// SearchRepoOptions options for searching repositories
+type SearchRepoOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+
+	// The keyword to query
+	Keyword string
+	// Limit search to repositories with keyword as topic
+	KeywordIsTopic bool
+	// Include search of keyword within repository description
+	KeywordInDescription bool
+
+	/*
+		User Filter
+	*/
+
+	// Repo Owner
+	OwnerID int64
+	// Stared By UserID
+	StarredByUserID int64
+
+	/*
+		Repo Attributes
+	*/
+
+	// pubic, private or all repositories (defaults to all)
+	IsPrivate *bool
+	// archived, non-archived or all repositories (defaults to all)
+	IsArchived *bool
+	// Exclude template repos from search
+	ExcludeTemplate bool
+	// Filter by "fork", "source", "mirror"
+	Type RepoType
+
+	/*
+		Sort Filters
+	*/
+
+	// sort repos by attribute. Supported values are "alpha", "created", "updated", "size", and "id". Default is "alpha"
+	Sort string
+	// sort order, either "asc" (ascending) or "desc" (descending). Default is "asc", ignored if "sort" is not specified.
+	Order string
+	// Repo owner to prioritize in the results
+	PrioritizedByOwnerID int64
+
+	/*
+		Cover EdgeCases
+	*/
+	// if set all other options are ignored and this string is used as query
+	RawQuery string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *SearchRepoOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.Keyword != "" {
+		query.Add("q", opt.Keyword)
+	}
+	if opt.KeywordIsTopic {
+		query.Add("topic", "true")
+	}
+	if opt.KeywordInDescription {
+		query.Add("includeDesc", "true")
+	}
+
+	// User Filter
+	if opt.OwnerID > 0 {
+		query.Add("uid", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.OwnerID))
+		query.Add("exclusive", "true")
+	}
+	if opt.StarredByUserID > 0 {
+		query.Add("starredBy", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.StarredByUserID))
+	}
+
+	// Repo Attributes
+	if opt.IsPrivate != nil {
+		query.Add("is_private", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsPrivate))
+	}
+	if opt.IsArchived != nil {
+		query.Add("archived", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsArchived))
+	}
+	if opt.ExcludeTemplate {
+		query.Add("template", "false")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Type) != 0 {
+		query.Add("mode", string(opt.Type))
+	}
+
+	// Sort Filters
+	if opt.Sort != "" {
+		query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
+	}
+	if opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID > 0 {
+		query.Add("priority_owner_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID))
+	}
+	if opt.Order != "" {
+		query.Add("order", opt.Order)
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+type searchRepoResponse struct {
+	Repos []*Repository `json:"data"`
+}
+
+// SearchRepos searches for repositories matching the given filters
+func (c *Client) SearchRepos(opt SearchRepoOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := new(searchRepoResponse)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/search")
+
+	if len(opt.RawQuery) != 0 {
+		link.RawQuery = opt.RawQuery
+	} else {
+		link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+		// IsPrivate only works on gitea >= 1.12.0
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil && opt.IsPrivate != nil {
+			if *opt.IsPrivate {
+				// private repos only not supported on gitea <= 1.11.x
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+			newQuery := link.Query()
+			newQuery.Add("private", "false")
+			link.RawQuery = newQuery.Encode()
+		}
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos.Repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateRepoOption options when creating repository
+type CreateRepoOption struct {
+	// Name of the repository to create
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Description of the repository to create
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// Whether the repository is private
+	Private bool `json:"private"`
+	// Issue Label set to use
+	IssueLabels string `json:"issue_labels"`
+	// Whether the repository should be auto-intialized?
+	AutoInit bool `json:"auto_init"`
+	// Whether the repository is template
+	Template bool `json:"template"`
+	// Gitignores to use
+	Gitignores string `json:"gitignores"`
+	// License to use
+	License string `json:"license"`
+	// Readme of the repository to create
+	Readme string `json:"readme"`
+	// DefaultBranch of the repository (used when initializes and in template)
+	DefaultBranch string `json:"default_branch"`
+	// TrustModel of the repository
+	TrustModel TrustModel `json:"trust_model"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateRepoOption struct
+func (opt CreateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Description) > 2048 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("description has more than 2048 chars")
+	}
+	if len(opt.DefaultBranch) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("default branch name has more than 100 chars")
+	}
+	if len(opt.TrustModel) != 0 {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateRepo creates a repository for authenticated user.
+func (c *Client) CreateRepo(opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/repos", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateOrgRepo creates an organization repository for authenticated user.
+func (c *Client) CreateOrgRepo(org string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/org/%s/repos", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepo returns information of a repository of given owner.
+func (c *Client) GetRepo(owner, reponame string) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), nil, nil, repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoByID returns information of a repository by a giver repository ID.
+func (c *Client) GetRepoByID(id int64) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repositories/%d", id), nil, nil, repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditRepoOption options when editing a repository's properties
+type EditRepoOption struct {
+	// name of the repository
+	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
+	// a short description of the repository.
+	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
+	// a URL with more information about the repository.
+	Website *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to make the repository private or `false` to make it public.
+	// Note: you will get a 422 error if the organization restricts changing repository visibility to organization
+	// owners and a non-owner tries to change the value of private.
+	Private *bool `json:"private,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to make this repository a template or `false` to make it a normal repository
+	Template *bool `json:"template,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable issues for this repository or `false` to disable them.
+	HasIssues *bool `json:"has_issues,omitempty"`
+	// set this structure to configure internal issue tracker (requires has_issues)
+	InternalTracker *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
+	// set this structure to use external issue tracker (requires has_issues)
+	ExternalTracker *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable the wiki for this repository or `false` to disable it.
+	HasWiki *bool `json:"has_wiki,omitempty"`
+	// set this structure to use external wiki instead of internal (requires has_wiki)
+	ExternalWiki *ExternalWiki `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
+	// sets the default branch for this repository.
+	DefaultBranch *string `json:"default_branch,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow pull requests, or `false` to prevent pull request.
+	HasPullRequests *bool `json:"has_pull_requests,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable project unit, or `false` to disable them.
+	HasProjects *bool `json:"has_projects,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable release, or `false` to disable them.
+	HasReleases *bool `json:"has_releases,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable packages, or `false` to disable them.
+	HasPackages *bool `json:"has_packages,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable actions, or `false` to disable them.
+	HasActions *bool `json:"has_actions,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to ignore whitespace for conflicts, or `false` to not ignore whitespace. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts *bool `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow merging pull requests with a merge commit, or `false` to prevent merging pull requests with merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowMerge *bool `json:"allow_merge_commits,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow rebase-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent rebase-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowRebase *bool `json:"allow_rebase,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow rebase with explicit merge commits (--no-ff), or `false` to prevent rebase with explicit merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowRebaseMerge *bool `json:"allow_rebase_explicit,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow squash-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent squash-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowSquash *bool `json:"allow_squash_merge,omitempty"`
+	// set to `true` to archive this repository.
+	Archived *bool `json:"archived,omitempty"`
+	// set to a string like `8h30m0s` to set the mirror interval time
+	MirrorInterval *string `json:"mirror_interval,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow mark pr as merged manually, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowManualMerge *bool `json:"allow_manual_merge,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable AutodetectManualMerge, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`, Note: In some special cases, misjudgments can occur.
+	AutodetectManualMerge *bool `json:"autodetect_manual_merge,omitempty"`
+	// set to a merge style to be used by this repository: "merge", "rebase", "rebase-merge", or "squash". `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	DefaultMergeStyle *MergeStyle `json:"default_merge_style,omitempty"`
+	// set to `true` to archive this repository.
+}
+
+// EditRepo edit the properties of a repository
+func (c *Client) EditRepo(owner, reponame string, opt EditRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepo deletes a repository of user or organization.
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// MirrorSync adds a mirrored repository to the mirror sync queue.
+func (c *Client) MirrorSync(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/mirror-sync", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoLanguages return language stats of a repo
+func (c *Client) GetRepoLanguages(owner, repo string) (map[string]int64, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	langMap := make(map[string]int64)
+
+	data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/languages", owner, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &langMap); err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return langMap, resp, nil
+}
+
+// ArchiveType represent supported archive formats by gitea
+type ArchiveType string
+
+const (
+	// ZipArchive represent zip format
+	ZipArchive ArchiveType = ".zip"
+	// TarGZArchive represent tar.gz format
+	TarGZArchive ArchiveType = ".tar.gz"
+)
+
+// GetArchive get an archive of a repository by git reference
+// e.g.: ref -> master, 70b7c74b33, v1.2.1, ...
+func (c *Client) GetArchive(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetArchiveReader gets a `git archive` for a particular tree-ish git reference
+// such as a branch name (`master`), a commit hash (`70b7c74b33`), a tag
+// (`v1.2.1`). The archive is returned as a byte stream in a ReadCloser. It is
+// the responsibility of the client to close the reader.
+func (c *Client) GetArchiveReader(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) (io.ReadCloser, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+	resp, err := c.doRequest("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	if _, err := statusCodeToErr(resp); err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return resp.Body, resp, nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PayloadUser represents the author or committer of a commit
+type PayloadUser struct {
+	// Full name of the commit author
+	Name     string `json:"name"`
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	UserName string `json:"username"`
+}
+
+// PayloadCommit represents a commit
+type PayloadCommit struct {
+	// sha1 hash of the commit
+	ID           string                     `json:"id"`
+	Message      string                     `json:"message"`
+	URL          string                     `json:"url"`
+	Author       *PayloadUser               `json:"author"`
+	Committer    *PayloadUser               `json:"committer"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+	Timestamp    time.Time                  `json:"timestamp"`
+	Added        []string                   `json:"added"`
+	Removed      []string                   `json:"removed"`
+	Modified     []string                   `json:"modified"`
+}
+
+// PayloadCommitVerification represents the GPG verification of a commit
+type PayloadCommitVerification struct {
+	Verified  bool   `json:"verified"`
+	Reason    string `json:"reason"`
+	Signature string `json:"signature"`
+	Payload   string `json:"payload"`
+}
+
+// Branch represents a repository branch
+type Branch struct {
+	Name                          string         `json:"name"`
+	Commit                        *PayloadCommit `json:"commit"`
+	Protected                     bool           `json:"protected"`
+	RequiredApprovals             int64          `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             bool           `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string       `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	UserCanPush                   bool           `json:"user_can_push"`
+	UserCanMerge                  bool           `json:"user_can_merge"`
+	EffectiveBranchProtectionName string         `json:"effective_branch_protection_name"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoBranchesOptions options for listing a repository's branches
+type ListRepoBranchesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoBranches list all the branches of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoBranches(user, repo string, opt ListRepoBranchesOptions) ([]*Branch, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	branches := make([]*Branch, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &branches)
+	return branches, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoBranch get one branch's information of one repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	b := new(Branch)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil, &b)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return b, resp, nil
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoBranch delete a branch in a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	return status == 204, resp, nil
+}
+
+// CreateBranchOption options when creating a branch in a repository
+type CreateBranchOption struct {
+	// Name of the branch to create
+	BranchName string `json:"new_branch_name"`
+	// Name of the old branch to create from (optional)
+	OldBranchName string `json:"old_branch_name"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateBranchOption struct
+func (opt CreateBranchOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.BranchName) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("BranchName is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.BranchName) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("BranchName to long")
+	}
+	if len(opt.OldBranchName) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("OldBranchName to long")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateBranch creates a branch for a user's repository
+func (c *Client) CreateBranch(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchOption) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	branch := new(Branch)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), branch)
+	return branch, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch_protection.go

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// BranchProtection represents a branch protection for a repository
+type BranchProtection struct {
+	BranchName                    string    `json:"branch_name"`
+	RuleName                      string    `json:"rule_name"`
+	EnablePush                    bool      `json:"enable_push"`
+	EnablePushWhitelist           bool      `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
+	PushWhitelistUsernames        []string  `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
+	PushWhitelistTeams            []string  `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
+	PushWhitelistDeployKeys       bool      `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
+	EnableMergeWhitelist          bool      `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
+	MergeWhitelistUsernames       []string  `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
+	MergeWhitelistTeams           []string  `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             bool      `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string  `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	RequiredApprovals             int64     `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableApprovalsWhitelist      bool      `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames   []string  `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistTeams       []string  `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
+	BlockOnRejectedReviews        bool      `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
+	BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool      `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
+	BlockOnOutdatedBranch         bool      `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
+	DismissStaleApprovals         bool      `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
+	RequireSignedCommits          bool      `json:"require_signed_commits"`
+	ProtectedFilePatterns         string    `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
+	UnprotectedFilePatterns       string    `json:"unprotected_file_patterns"`
+	Created                       time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated                       time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+}
+
+// CreateBranchProtectionOption options for creating a branch protection
+type CreateBranchProtectionOption struct {
+	BranchName                    string   `json:"branch_name"`
+	RuleName                      string   `json:"rule_name"`
+	EnablePush                    bool     `json:"enable_push"`
+	EnablePushWhitelist           bool     `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
+	PushWhitelistUsernames        []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
+	PushWhitelistTeams            []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
+	PushWhitelistDeployKeys       bool     `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
+	EnableMergeWhitelist          bool     `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
+	MergeWhitelistUsernames       []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
+	MergeWhitelistTeams           []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             bool     `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	RequiredApprovals             int64    `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableApprovalsWhitelist      bool     `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames   []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistTeams       []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
+	BlockOnRejectedReviews        bool     `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
+	BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool     `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
+	BlockOnOutdatedBranch         bool     `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
+	DismissStaleApprovals         bool     `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
+	RequireSignedCommits          bool     `json:"require_signed_commits"`
+	ProtectedFilePatterns         string   `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
+	UnprotectedFilePatterns       string   `json:"unprotected_file_patterns"`
+}
+
+// EditBranchProtectionOption options for editing a branch protection
+type EditBranchProtectionOption struct {
+	EnablePush                    *bool    `json:"enable_push"`
+	EnablePushWhitelist           *bool    `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
+	PushWhitelistUsernames        []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
+	PushWhitelistTeams            []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
+	PushWhitelistDeployKeys       *bool    `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
+	EnableMergeWhitelist          *bool    `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
+	MergeWhitelistUsernames       []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
+	MergeWhitelistTeams           []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             *bool    `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	RequiredApprovals             *int64   `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableApprovalsWhitelist      *bool    `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames   []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistTeams       []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
+	BlockOnRejectedReviews        *bool    `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
+	BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests *bool    `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
+	BlockOnOutdatedBranch         *bool    `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
+	DismissStaleApprovals         *bool    `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
+	RequireSignedCommits          *bool    `json:"require_signed_commits"`
+	ProtectedFilePatterns         *string  `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
+	UnprotectedFilePatterns       *string  `json:"unprotected_file_patterns"`
+}
+
+// ListBranchProtectionsOptions list branch protection options
+type ListBranchProtectionsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListBranchProtections list branch protections for a repo
+func (c *Client) ListBranchProtections(owner, repo string, opt ListBranchProtectionsOptions) ([]*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bps := make([]*BranchProtection, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &bps)
+	return bps, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetBranchProtection gets a branch protection
+func (c *Client) GetBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bp := new(BranchProtection)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil, bp)
+	return bp, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateBranchProtection creates a branch protection for a repo
+func (c *Client) CreateBranchProtection(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bp := new(BranchProtection)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
+	return bp, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditBranchProtection edits a branch protection for a repo
+func (c *Client) EditBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string, opt EditBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bp := new(BranchProtection)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
+	return bp, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteBranchProtection deletes a branch protection for a repo
+func (c *Client) DeleteBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_collaborator.go

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// ListCollaboratorsOptions options for listing a repository's collaborators
+type ListCollaboratorsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// CollaboratorPermissionResult result type for CollaboratorPermission
+type CollaboratorPermissionResult struct {
+	Permission AccessMode `json:"permission"`
+	Role       string     `json:"role_name"`
+	User       *User      `json:"user"`
+}
+
+// ListCollaborators list a repository's collaborators
+func (c *Client) ListCollaborators(user, repo string, opt ListCollaboratorsOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	collaborators := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
+		nil, nil, &collaborators)
+	return collaborators, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsCollaborator check if a user is a collaborator of a repository
+func (c *Client) IsCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	if status == 204 {
+		return true, resp, nil
+	}
+	return false, resp, nil
+}
+
+// CollaboratorPermission gets collaborator permission of a repository
+func (c *Client) CollaboratorPermission(user, repo, collaborator string) (*CollaboratorPermissionResult, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	rv := new(CollaboratorPermissionResult)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s/permission", user, repo, collaborator),
+		nil,
+		nil,
+		rv)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
+		rv = nil
+	}
+	return rv, resp, nil
+}
+
+// AddCollaboratorOption options when adding a user as a collaborator of a repository
+type AddCollaboratorOption struct {
+	Permission *AccessMode `json:"permission"`
+}
+
+// AccessMode represent the grade of access you have to something
+type AccessMode string
+
+const (
+	// AccessModeNone no access
+	AccessModeNone AccessMode = "none"
+	// AccessModeRead read access
+	AccessModeRead AccessMode = "read"
+	// AccessModeWrite write access
+	AccessModeWrite AccessMode = "write"
+	// AccessModeAdmin admin access
+	AccessModeAdmin AccessMode = "admin"
+	// AccessModeOwner owner
+	AccessModeOwner AccessMode = "owner"
+)
+
+// Validate the AddCollaboratorOption struct
+func (opt *AddCollaboratorOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Permission != nil {
+		if *opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
+			*opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
+			return nil
+		}
+		if *opt.Permission == AccessModeNone {
+			opt.Permission = nil
+			return nil
+		}
+		if *opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && *opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && *opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
+			return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AddCollaborator add some user as a collaborator of a repository
+func (c *Client) AddCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string, opt AddCollaboratorOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := (&opt).Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteCollaborator remove a collaborator from a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// GetReviewers return all users that can be requested to review in this repo
+func (c *Client) GetReviewers(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reviewers := make([]*User, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/reviewers", user, repo), nil, nil, &reviewers)
+	return reviewers, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetAssignees return all users that have write access and can be assigned to issues
+func (c *Client) GetAssignees(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	assignees := make([]*User, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/assignees", user, repo), nil, nil, &assignees)
+	return assignees, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_commit.go

@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+// Copyright 2018 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Identity for a person's identity like an author or committer
+type Identity struct {
+	Name  string `json:"name"`
+	Email string `json:"email"`
+}
+
+// CommitMeta contains meta information of a commit in terms of API.
+type CommitMeta struct {
+	URL     string    `json:"url"`
+	SHA     string    `json:"sha"`
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+}
+
+// CommitUser contains information of a user in the context of a commit.
+type CommitUser struct {
+	Identity
+	Date string `json:"date"`
+}
+
+// RepoCommit contains information of a commit in the context of a repository.
+type RepoCommit struct {
+	URL          string                     `json:"url"`
+	Author       *CommitUser                `json:"author"`
+	Committer    *CommitUser                `json:"committer"`
+	Message      string                     `json:"message"`
+	Tree         *CommitMeta                `json:"tree"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// CommitStats contains stats from a Git commit
+type CommitStats struct {
+	Total     int `json:"total"`
+	Additions int `json:"additions"`
+	Deletions int `json:"deletions"`
+}
+
+// Commit contains information generated from a Git commit.
+type Commit struct {
+	*CommitMeta
+	HTMLURL    string                 `json:"html_url"`
+	RepoCommit *RepoCommit            `json:"commit"`
+	Author     *User                  `json:"author"`
+	Committer  *User                  `json:"committer"`
+	Parents    []*CommitMeta          `json:"parents"`
+	Files      []*CommitAffectedFiles `json:"files"`
+	Stats      *CommitStats           `json:"stats"`
+}
+
+// CommitDateOptions store dates for GIT_AUTHOR_DATE and GIT_COMMITTER_DATE
+type CommitDateOptions struct {
+	Author    time.Time `json:"author"`
+	Committer time.Time `json:"committer"`
+}
+
+// CommitAffectedFiles store information about files affected by the commit
+type CommitAffectedFiles struct {
+	Filename string `json:"filename"`
+}
+
+// GetSingleCommit returns a single commit
+func (c *Client) GetSingleCommit(user, repo, commitID string) (*Commit, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &commitID); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	commit := new(Commit)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/commits/%s", user, repo, commitID), nil, nil, &commit)
+	return commit, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListCommitOptions list commit options
+type ListCommitOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	// SHA or branch to start listing commits from (usually 'master')
+	SHA string
+	// Path indicates that only commits that include the path's file/dir should be returned.
+	Path string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListCommitOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.SHA != "" {
+		query.Add("sha", opt.SHA)
+	}
+	if opt.Path != "" {
+		query.Add("path", opt.Path)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoCommits return list of commits from a repo
+func (c *Client) ListRepoCommits(user, repo string, opt ListCommitOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits", user, repo))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
+	return commits, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetCommitDiff returns the commit's raw diff.
+func (c *Client) GetCommitDiff(user, repo, commitID string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_16_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/commits/%s.%s", user, repo, commitID, pullRequestDiffTypeDiff), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetCommitPatch returns the commit's raw patch.
+func (c *Client) GetCommitPatch(user, repo, commitID string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_16_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/commits/%s.%s", user, repo, commitID, pullRequestDiffTypePatch), nil, nil)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_file.go

@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// FileOptions options for all file APIs
+type FileOptions struct {
+	// message (optional) for the commit of this file. if not supplied, a default message will be used
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	// branch (optional) to base this file from. if not given, the default branch is used
+	BranchName string `json:"branch"`
+	// new_branch (optional) will make a new branch from `branch` before creating the file
+	NewBranchName string `json:"new_branch"`
+	// `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+	Author    Identity          `json:"author"`
+	Committer Identity          `json:"committer"`
+	Dates     CommitDateOptions `json:"dates"`
+	// Add a Signed-off-by trailer by the committer at the end of the commit log message.
+	Signoff bool `json:"signoff"`
+}
+
+// CreateFileOptions options for creating files
+// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+type CreateFileOptions struct {
+	FileOptions
+	// content must be base64 encoded
+	// required: true
+	Content string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// DeleteFileOptions options for deleting files (used for other File structs below)
+// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+type DeleteFileOptions struct {
+	FileOptions
+	// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
+	// required: true
+	SHA string `json:"sha"`
+}
+
+// UpdateFileOptions options for updating files
+// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+type UpdateFileOptions struct {
+	FileOptions
+	// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
+	// required: true
+	SHA string `json:"sha"`
+	// content must be base64 encoded
+	// required: true
+	Content string `json:"content"`
+	// from_path (optional) is the path of the original file which will be moved/renamed to the path in the URL
+	FromPath string `json:"from_path"`
+}
+
+// FileLinksResponse contains the links for a repo's file
+type FileLinksResponse struct {
+	Self    *string `json:"self"`
+	GitURL  *string `json:"git"`
+	HTMLURL *string `json:"html"`
+}
+
+// ContentsResponse contains information about a repo's entry's (dir, file, symlink, submodule) metadata and content
+type ContentsResponse struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+	// `type` will be `file`, `dir`, `symlink`, or `submodule`
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	Size int64  `json:"size"`
+	// `encoding` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
+	Encoding *string `json:"encoding"`
+	// `content` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
+	Content *string `json:"content"`
+	// `target` is populated when `type` is `symlink`, otherwise null
+	Target      *string `json:"target"`
+	URL         *string `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL     *string `json:"html_url"`
+	GitURL      *string `json:"git_url"`
+	DownloadURL *string `json:"download_url"`
+	// `submodule_git_url` is populated when `type` is `submodule`, otherwise null
+	SubmoduleGitURL *string            `json:"submodule_git_url"`
+	Links           *FileLinksResponse `json:"_links"`
+}
+
+// FileCommitResponse contains information generated from a Git commit for a repo's file.
+type FileCommitResponse struct {
+	CommitMeta
+	HTMLURL   string        `json:"html_url"`
+	Author    *CommitUser   `json:"author"`
+	Committer *CommitUser   `json:"committer"`
+	Parents   []*CommitMeta `json:"parents"`
+	Message   string        `json:"message"`
+	Tree      *CommitMeta   `json:"tree"`
+}
+
+// FileResponse contains information about a repo's file
+type FileResponse struct {
+	Content      *ContentsResponse          `json:"content"`
+	Commit       *FileCommitResponse        `json:"commit"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// FileDeleteResponse contains information about a repo's file that was deleted
+type FileDeleteResponse struct {
+	Content      interface{}                `json:"content"` // to be set to nil
+	Commit       *FileCommitResponse        `json:"commit"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// GetFile downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
+// it optional can resolve lfs pointers and server the file instead
+// e.g.: ref -> master, filepath -> README.md (no leading slash)
+func (c *Client) GetFile(owner, repo, ref, filepath string, resolveLFS ...bool) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	reader, resp, err := c.GetFileReader(owner, repo, ref, filepath, resolveLFS...)
+	if reader == nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	defer reader.Close()
+
+	data, err2 := io.ReadAll(reader)
+	if err2 != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err2
+	}
+
+	return data, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetFileReader return reader for download a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
+// it optional can resolve lfs pointers and server the file instead
+// e.g.: ref -> master, filepath -> README.md (no leading slash)
+func (c *Client) GetFileReader(owner, repo, ref, filepath string, resolveLFS ...bool) (io.ReadCloser, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	// resolve lfs
+	if len(resolveLFS) != 0 && resolveLFS[0] {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_17_0); err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		return c.getResponseReader("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/media/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), nil, nil)
+	}
+
+	// normal get
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+		ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+		return c.getResponseReader("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s/%s", owner, repo, ref, filepath), nil, nil)
+	}
+	return c.getResponseReader("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetContents get the metadata and contents of a file in a repository
+// ref is optional
+func (c *Client) GetContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) (*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
+	data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	cr := new(ContentsResponse)
+	if json.Unmarshal(data, &cr) != nil {
+		return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect file, got directory")
+	}
+	return cr, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListContents gets a list of entries in a dir
+// ref is optional
+func (c *Client) ListContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
+	data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	crl := make([]*ContentsResponse, 0)
+	if json.Unmarshal(data, &crl) != nil {
+		return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect directory, got file")
+	}
+	return crl, resp, err
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(strings.TrimPrefix(filepath, "/"))
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), jsonHeader, nil)
+}
+
+// CreateFile create a file in a repository
+func (c *Client) CreateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt CreateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
+	var err error
+	if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	fr := new(FileResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
+	return fr, resp, err
+}
+
+// UpdateFile update a file in a repository
+func (c *Client) UpdateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt UpdateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
+	var err error
+	if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	fr := new(FileResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
+	return fr, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteFile delete a file from repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt DeleteFileOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	var err error
+	if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status != 200 && status != 204 {
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+	return resp, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, branch string) (string, error) {
+	if len(branch) == 0 {
+		// Gitea >= 1.12.0 Use DefaultBranch on "", mimic this for older versions
+		if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
+			r, _, err := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
+			if err != nil {
+				return "", err
+			}
+			return r.DefaultBranch, nil
+		}
+	}
+	return branch, nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_key.go

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// DeployKey a deploy key
+type DeployKey struct {
+	ID          int64       `json:"id"`
+	KeyID       int64       `json:"key_id"`
+	Key         string      `json:"key"`
+	URL         string      `json:"url"`
+	Title       string      `json:"title"`
+	Fingerprint string      `json:"fingerprint"`
+	Created     time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
+	ReadOnly    bool        `json:"read_only"`
+	Repository  *Repository `json:"repository,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ListDeployKeysOptions options for listing a repository's deploy keys
+type ListDeployKeysOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	KeyID       int64
+	Fingerprint string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListDeployKeysOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.KeyID > 0 {
+		query.Add("key_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.KeyID))
+	}
+	if len(opt.Fingerprint) > 0 {
+		query.Add("fingerprint", opt.Fingerprint)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListDeployKeys list all the deploy keys of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListDeployKeys(user, repo string, opt ListDeployKeysOptions) ([]*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	keys := make([]*DeployKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetDeployKey get one deploy key with key id
+func (c *Client) GetDeployKey(user, repo string, keyID int64) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(DeployKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", user, repo, keyID), nil, nil, &key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateDeployKey options when create one deploy key
+func (c *Client) CreateDeployKey(user, repo string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(DeployKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteDeployKey delete deploy key with key id
+func (c *Client) DeleteDeployKey(owner, repo string, keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", owner, repo, keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_migrate.go

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitServiceType represents a git service
+type GitServiceType string
+
+const (
+	// GitServicePlain represents a plain git service
+	GitServicePlain GitServiceType = "git"
+	// GitServiceGithub represents github.com
+	GitServiceGithub GitServiceType = "github"
+	// GitServiceGitlab represents a gitlab service
+	GitServiceGitlab GitServiceType = "gitlab"
+	// GitServiceGitea represents a gitea service
+	GitServiceGitea GitServiceType = "gitea"
+	// GitServiceGogs represents a gogs service
+	GitServiceGogs GitServiceType = "gogs"
+)
+
+// MigrateRepoOption options for migrating a repository from an external service
+type MigrateRepoOption struct {
+	RepoName  string `json:"repo_name"`
+	RepoOwner string `json:"repo_owner"`
+	// deprecated use RepoOwner
+	RepoOwnerID    int64          `json:"uid"`
+	CloneAddr      string         `json:"clone_addr"`
+	Service        GitServiceType `json:"service"`
+	AuthUsername   string         `json:"auth_username"`
+	AuthPassword   string         `json:"auth_password"`
+	AuthToken      string         `json:"auth_token"`
+	Mirror         bool           `json:"mirror"`
+	Private        bool           `json:"private"`
+	Description    string         `json:"description"`
+	Wiki           bool           `json:"wiki"`
+	Milestones     bool           `json:"milestones"`
+	Labels         bool           `json:"labels"`
+	Issues         bool           `json:"issues"`
+	PullRequests   bool           `json:"pull_requests"`
+	Releases       bool           `json:"releases"`
+	MirrorInterval string         `json:"mirror_interval"`
+	LFS            bool           `json:"lfs"`
+	LFSEndpoint    string         `json:"lfs_endpoint"`
+}
+
+// Validate the MigrateRepoOption struct
+func (opt *MigrateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	// check user options
+	if len(opt.CloneAddr) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("CloneAddr required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.RepoName) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("RepoName required")
+	} else if len(opt.RepoName) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("RepoName to long")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Description) > 2048 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("Description to long")
+	}
+	switch opt.Service {
+	case GitServiceGithub:
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("github requires token authentication")
+		}
+	case GitServiceGitlab, GitServiceGitea:
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s requires token authentication", opt.Service)
+		}
+		// Gitlab is supported since 1.12.0 but api cant handle it until 1.13.0
+		// https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/12672
+		if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service %s need gitea >= 1.13.0", opt.Service)
+		}
+	case GitServiceGogs:
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("gogs requires token authentication")
+		}
+		if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service gogs need gitea >= 1.14.0")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MigrateRepo migrates a repository from other Git hosting sources for the authenticated user.
+//
+// To migrate a repository for a organization, the authenticated user must be a
+// owner of the specified organization.
+func (c *Client) MigrateRepo(opt MigrateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) != 0 {
+			// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand AuthToken
+			opt.AuthUsername = opt.AuthToken
+			opt.AuthPassword, opt.AuthToken = "", ""
+		}
+		if len(opt.RepoOwner) != 0 {
+			// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand RepoOwner
+			u, _, err := c.GetUserInfo(opt.RepoOwner)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+			opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
+		} else if opt.RepoOwnerID == 0 {
+			// gitea <= 1.12 require RepoOwnerID
+			u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+			opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
+		}
+	}
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/repos/migrate", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_mirror.go

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+// Copyright 2023 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+type CreatePushMirrorOption struct {
+	Interval       string `json:"interval"`
+	RemoteAddress  string `json:"remote_address"`
+	RemotePassword string `json:"remote_password"`
+	RemoteUsername string `json:"remote_username"`
+	SyncONCommit   bool   `json:"sync_on_commit"`
+}
+
+// PushMirrorResponse returns a git push mirror
+type PushMirrorResponse struct {
+	Created       string `json:"created"`
+	Interval      string `json:"interval"`
+	LastError     string `json:"last_error"`
+	LastUpdate    string `json:"last_update"`
+	RemoteAddress string `json:"remote_address"`
+	RemoteName    string `json:"remote_name"`
+	RepoName      string `json:"repo_name"`
+	SyncONCommit  bool   `json:"sync_on_commit"`
+}
+
+// PushMirrors add a push mirror to the repository
+func (c *Client) PushMirrors(user, repo string, opt CreatePushMirrorOption) (*PushMirrorResponse, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pm := new(PushMirrorResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/push_mirrors", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &pm)
+	return pm, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_refs.go

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Reference represents a Git reference.
+type Reference struct {
+	Ref    string     `json:"ref"`
+	URL    string     `json:"url"`
+	Object *GitObject `json:"object"`
+}
+
+// GitObject represents a Git object.
+type GitObject struct {
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+	URL  string `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// GetRepoRef get one ref's information of one repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoRef(user, repo, ref string) (*Reference, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+	r := new(Reference)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil, &r)
+	if _, ok := err.(*json.UnmarshalTypeError); ok {
+		// Multiple refs
+		return nil, resp, errors.New("no exact match found for this ref")
+	} else if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return r, resp, nil
+}
+
+// GetRepoRefs get list of ref's information of one repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoRefs(user, repo, ref string) ([]*Reference, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+
+	data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	// Attempt to unmarshal single returned ref.
+	r := new(Reference)
+	refErr := json.Unmarshal(data, r)
+	if refErr == nil {
+		return []*Reference{r}, resp, nil
+	}
+
+	// Attempt to unmarshal multiple refs.
+	var rs []*Reference
+	refsErr := json.Unmarshal(data, &rs)
+	if refsErr == nil {
+		if len(rs) == 0 {
+			return nil, resp, errors.New("unexpected response: an array of refs with length 0")
+		}
+		return rs, resp, nil
+	}
+
+	return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("unmarshalling failed for both single and multiple refs: %s and %s", refErr, refsErr)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_stars.go

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// ListStargazersOptions options for listing a repository's stargazers
+type ListStargazersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoStargazers list a repository's stargazers
+func (c *Client) ListRepoStargazers(user, repo string, opt ListStargazersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	stargazers := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/stargazers?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &stargazers)
+	return stargazers, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetStarredRepos returns the repos that the given user has starred
+func (c *Client) GetStarredRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/starred", user), jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyStarredRepos returns the repos that the authenticated user has starred
+func (c *Client) GetMyStarredRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/starred", jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsRepoStarring returns whether the authenticated user has starred the repo or not
+func (c *Client) IsRepoStarring(user, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if resp != nil {
+		switch resp.StatusCode {
+		case http.StatusNotFound:
+			return false, resp, nil
+		case http.StatusNoContent:
+			return true, resp, nil
+		default:
+			return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
+		}
+	}
+	return false, nil, err
+}
+
+// StarRepo star specified repo as the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) StarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if resp != nil {
+		switch resp.StatusCode {
+		case http.StatusNoContent:
+			return resp, nil
+		default:
+			return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil, err
+}
+
+// UnStarRepo remove star to specified repo as the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) UnStarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if resp != nil {
+		switch resp.StatusCode {
+		case http.StatusNoContent:
+			return resp, nil
+		default:
+			return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tag.go

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Tag represents a repository tag
+type Tag struct {
+	Name       string      `json:"name"`
+	Message    string      `json:"message"`
+	ID         string      `json:"id"`
+	Commit     *CommitMeta `json:"commit"`
+	ZipballURL string      `json:"zipball_url"`
+	TarballURL string      `json:"tarball_url"`
+}
+
+// AnnotatedTag represents an annotated tag
+type AnnotatedTag struct {
+	Tag          string                     `json:"tag"`
+	SHA          string                     `json:"sha"`
+	URL          string                     `json:"url"`
+	Message      string                     `json:"message"`
+	Tagger       *CommitUser                `json:"tagger"`
+	Object       *AnnotatedTagObject        `json:"object"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// AnnotatedTagObject contains meta information of the tag object
+type AnnotatedTagObject struct {
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	URL  string `json:"url"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoTagsOptions options for listing a repository's tags
+type ListRepoTagsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoTags list all the branches of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoTags(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTagsOptions) ([]*Tag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	tags := make([]*Tag, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &tags)
+	return tags, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetTag get the tag of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Tag)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag), nil, nil, &t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetAnnotatedTag get the tag object of an annotated tag (not lightweight tags) of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetAnnotatedTag(user, repo, sha string) (*AnnotatedTag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(AnnotatedTag)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/tags/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, &t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateTagOption options when creating a tag
+type CreateTagOption struct {
+	TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	Target  string `json:"target"`
+}
+
+// Validate validates CreateTagOption
+func (opt CreateTagOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.TagName) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("TagName is required")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateTag create a new git tag in a repository
+func (c *Client) CreateTag(user, repo string, opt CreateTagOption) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Tag)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteTag deletes a tag from a repository, if no release refers to it
+func (c *Client) DeleteTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_team.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// GetRepoTeams return teams from a repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoTeams(user, repo string) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	teams := make([]*Team, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams", user, repo), nil, nil, &teams)
+	return teams, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddRepoTeam add a team to a repository
+func (c *Client) AddRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// RemoveRepoTeam delete a team from a repository
+func (c *Client) RemoveRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckRepoTeam check if team is assigned to repo by name and return it.
+// If not assigned, it will return nil.
+func (c *Client) CheckRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Team)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil, &t)
+	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
+		// if not found it's not an error, it indicates it's not assigned
+		return nil, resp, nil
+	}
+	return t, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_template.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// CreateRepoFromTemplateOption options when creating repository using a template
+type CreateRepoFromTemplateOption struct {
+	// Owner is the organization or person who will own the new repository
+	Owner string `json:"owner"`
+	// Name of the repository to create
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Description of the repository to create
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// Private is whether the repository is private
+	Private bool `json:"private"`
+	// GitContent include git content of default branch in template repo
+	GitContent bool `json:"git_content"`
+	// Topics include topics of template repo
+	Topics bool `json:"topics"`
+	// GitHooks include git hooks of template repo
+	GitHooks bool `json:"git_hooks"`
+	// Webhooks include webhooks of template repo
+	Webhooks bool `json:"webhooks"`
+	// Avatar include avatar of the template repo
+	Avatar bool `json:"avatar"`
+	// Labels include labels of template repo
+	Labels bool `json:"labels"`
+}
+
+// Validate validates CreateRepoFromTemplateOption
+func (opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Owner) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("field Owner is required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("field Name is required")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateRepoFromTemplate create a repository using a template
+func (c *Client) CreateRepoFromTemplate(templateOwner, templateRepo string, opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&templateOwner, &templateRepo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/generate", templateOwner, templateRepo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_topics.go

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// ListRepoTopicsOptions options for listing repo's topics
+type ListRepoTopicsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// topicsList represents a list of repo's topics
+type topicsList struct {
+	Topics []string `json:"topics"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoTopics list all repository's topics
+func (c *Client) ListRepoTopics(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTopicsOptions) ([]string, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+
+	list := new(topicsList)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, list)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return list.Topics, resp, nil
+}
+
+// SetRepoTopics replaces the list of repo's topics
+func (c *Client) SetRepoTopics(user, repo string, list []string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	l := topicsList{Topics: list}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&l)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// AddRepoTopic adds a topic to a repo's topics list
+func (c *Client) AddRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoTopic deletes a topic from repo's topics list
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_transfer.go

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// TransferRepoOption options when transfer a repository's ownership
+type TransferRepoOption struct {
+	// required: true
+	NewOwner string `json:"new_owner"`
+	// ID of the team or teams to add to the repository. Teams can only be added to organization-owned repositories.
+	TeamIDs *[]int64 `json:"team_ids"`
+}
+
+// TransferRepo transfers the ownership of a repository
+func (c *Client) TransferRepo(owner, reponame string, opt TransferRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/transfer", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// AcceptRepoTransfer accepts a repo transfer.
+func (c *Client) AcceptRepoTransfer(owner, reponame string) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_16_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/transfer/accept", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, nil, repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// RejectRepoTransfer rejects a repo transfer.
+func (c *Client) RejectRepoTransfer(owner, reponame string) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_16_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/transfer/reject", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, nil, repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tree.go

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitEntry represents a git tree
+type GitEntry struct {
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+	Mode string `json:"mode"`
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	Size int64  `json:"size"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+	URL  string `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// GitTreeResponse returns a git tree
+type GitTreeResponse struct {
+	SHA        string     `json:"sha"`
+	URL        string     `json:"url"`
+	Entries    []GitEntry `json:"tree"`
+	Truncated  bool       `json:"truncated"`
+	Page       int        `json:"page"`
+	TotalCount int        `json:"total_count"`
+}
+
+// GetTrees downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
+// e.g.: ref -> master, tree -> macaron.go(no leading slash)
+func (c *Client) GetTrees(user, repo, ref string, recursive bool) (*GitTreeResponse, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	trees := new(GitTreeResponse)
+	path := fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/trees/%s", user, repo, ref)
+	if recursive {
+		path += "?recursive=1"
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", path, nil, nil, trees)
+	return trees, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_watch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// WatchInfo represents an API watch status of one repository
+type WatchInfo struct {
+	Subscribed    bool        `json:"subscribed"`
+	Ignored       bool        `json:"ignored"`
+	Reason        interface{} `json:"reason"`
+	CreatedAt     time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
+	URL           string      `json:"url"`
+	RepositoryURL string      `json:"repository_url"`
+}
+
+// GetWatchedRepos list all the watched repos of user
+func (c *Client) GetWatchedRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/subscriptions", user), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyWatchedRepos list repositories watched by the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) GetMyWatchedRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/subscriptions", nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckRepoWatch check if the current user is watching a repo
+func (c *Client) CheckRepoWatch(owner, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return false, resp, nil
+	case http.StatusOK:
+		return true, resp, nil
+	default:
+		return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// WatchRepo start to watch a repository
+func (c *Client) WatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusOK {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}
+
+// UnWatchRepo stop to watch a repository
+func (c *Client) UnWatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusNoContent {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/secret.go

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+// Copyright 2023 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import "time"
+
+type Secret struct {
+	// the secret's name
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Date and Time of secret creation
+	Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/settings.go

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+// GlobalUISettings represent the global ui settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
+type GlobalUISettings struct {
+	DefaultTheme     string   `json:"default_theme"`
+	AllowedReactions []string `json:"allowed_reactions"`
+	CustomEmojis     []string `json:"custom_emojis"`
+}
+
+// GlobalRepoSettings represent the global repository settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
+type GlobalRepoSettings struct {
+	MirrorsDisabled      bool `json:"mirrors_disabled"`
+	HTTPGitDisabled      bool `json:"http_git_disabled"`
+	MigrationsDisabled   bool `json:"migrations_disabled"`
+	StarsDisabled        bool `json:"stars_disabled"`
+	TimeTrackingDisabled bool `json:"time_tracking_disabled"`
+	LFSDisabled          bool `json:"lfs_disabled"`
+}
+
+// GlobalAPISettings contains global api settings exposed by it
+type GlobalAPISettings struct {
+	MaxResponseItems       int   `json:"max_response_items"`
+	DefaultPagingNum       int   `json:"default_paging_num"`
+	DefaultGitTreesPerPage int   `json:"default_git_trees_per_page"`
+	DefaultMaxBlobSize     int64 `json:"default_max_blob_size"`
+}
+
+// GlobalAttachmentSettings contains global Attachment settings exposed by API
+type GlobalAttachmentSettings struct {
+	Enabled      bool   `json:"enabled"`
+	AllowedTypes string `json:"allowed_types"`
+	MaxSize      int64  `json:"max_size"`
+	MaxFiles     int    `json:"max_files"`
+}
+
+// GetGlobalUISettings get global ui settings witch are exposed by API
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalUISettings() (*GlobalUISettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalUISettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/ui", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGlobalRepoSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalRepoSettings() (*GlobalRepoSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalRepoSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/repository", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGlobalAPISettings get global api settings witch are exposed by it
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalAPISettings() (*GlobalAPISettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalAPISettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/api", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGlobalAttachmentSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalAttachmentSettings() (*GlobalAttachmentSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalAttachmentSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/attachment", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/status.go

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// StatusState holds the state of a Status
+// It can be "pending", "success", "error", "failure", and "warning"
+type StatusState string
+
+const (
+	// StatusPending is for when the Status is Pending
+	StatusPending StatusState = "pending"
+	// StatusSuccess is for when the Status is Success
+	StatusSuccess StatusState = "success"
+	// StatusError is for when the Status is Error
+	StatusError StatusState = "error"
+	// StatusFailure is for when the Status is Failure
+	StatusFailure StatusState = "failure"
+	// StatusWarning is for when the Status is Warning
+	StatusWarning StatusState = "warning"
+)
+
+// Status holds a single Status of a single Commit
+type Status struct {
+	ID          int64       `json:"id"`
+	State       StatusState `json:"status"`
+	TargetURL   string      `json:"target_url"`
+	Description string      `json:"description"`
+	URL         string      `json:"url"`
+	Context     string      `json:"context"`
+	Creator     *User       `json:"creator"`
+	Created     time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated     time.Time   `json:"updated_at"`
+}
+
+// CreateStatusOption holds the information needed to create a new Status for a Commit
+type CreateStatusOption struct {
+	State       StatusState `json:"state"`
+	TargetURL   string      `json:"target_url"`
+	Description string      `json:"description"`
+	Context     string      `json:"context"`
+}
+
+// CreateStatus creates a new Status for a given Commit
+func (c *Client) CreateStatus(owner, repo, sha string, opts CreateStatusOption) (*Status, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	status := new(Status)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/statuses/%s", owner, repo, url.QueryEscape(sha)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), status)
+	return status, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListStatusesOption options for listing a repository's commit's statuses
+type ListStatusesOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListStatuses returns all statuses for a given Commit by ref
+func (c *Client) ListStatuses(owner, repo, ref string, opt ListStatusesOption) ([]*Status, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	statuses := make([]*Status, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/statuses?%s", owner, repo, ref, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &statuses)
+	return statuses, resp, err
+}
+
+// CombinedStatus holds the combined state of several statuses for a single commit
+type CombinedStatus struct {
+	State      StatusState `json:"state"`
+	SHA        string      `json:"sha"`
+	TotalCount int         `json:"total_count"`
+	Statuses   []*Status   `json:"statuses"`
+	Repository *Repository `json:"repository"`
+	CommitURL  string      `json:"commit_url"`
+	URL        string      `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// GetCombinedStatus returns the CombinedStatus for a given Commit
+func (c *Client) GetCombinedStatus(owner, repo, ref string) (*CombinedStatus, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	status := new(CombinedStatus)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/status", owner, repo, ref), jsonHeader, nil, status)
+
+	// gitea api return empty body if nothing here jet
+	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 200 && err != nil {
+		return status, resp, nil
+	}
+
+	return status, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user.go

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strconv"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// User represents a user
+type User struct {
+	// the user's id
+	ID int64 `json:"id"`
+	// the user's username
+	UserName string `json:"login"`
+	// the user's full name
+	FullName string `json:"full_name"`
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	// URL to the user's avatar
+	AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"`
+	// User locale
+	Language string `json:"language"`
+	// Is the user an administrator
+	IsAdmin bool `json:"is_admin"`
+	// Date and Time of last login
+	LastLogin time.Time `json:"last_login"`
+	// Date and Time of user creation
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+	// Is user restricted
+	Restricted bool `json:"restricted"`
+	// Is user active
+	IsActive bool `json:"active"`
+	// Is user login prohibited
+	ProhibitLogin bool `json:"prohibit_login"`
+	// the user's location
+	Location string `json:"location"`
+	// the user's website
+	Website string `json:"website"`
+	// the user's description
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// User visibility level option
+	Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+
+	// user counts
+	FollowerCount    int `json:"followers_count"`
+	FollowingCount   int `json:"following_count"`
+	StarredRepoCount int `json:"starred_repos_count"`
+}
+
+// GetUserInfo get user info by user's name
+func (c *Client) GetUserInfo(user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	u := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s", user), nil, nil, u)
+	return u, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyUserInfo get user info of current user
+func (c *Client) GetMyUserInfo() (*User, *Response, error) {
+	u := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user", nil, nil, u)
+	return u, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetUserByID returns user by a given user ID
+func (c *Client) GetUserByID(id int64) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if id < 0 {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid user id %d", id)
+	}
+
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	query.Add("uid", strconv.FormatInt(id, 10))
+	users, resp, err := c.searchUsers(query.Encode())
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	if len(users) == 1 {
+		return users[0], resp, err
+	}
+
+	return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("user not found with id %d", id)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_app.go

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"reflect"
+)
+
+// AccessTokenScope represents the scope for an access token.
+type AccessTokenScope string
+
+const (
+	AccessTokenScopeAll AccessTokenScope = "all"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeRepo       AccessTokenScope = "repo"
+	AccessTokenScopeRepoStatus AccessTokenScope = "repo:status"
+	AccessTokenScopePublicRepo AccessTokenScope = "public_repo"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeAdminOrg AccessTokenScope = "admin:org"
+	AccessTokenScopeWriteOrg AccessTokenScope = "write:org"
+	AccessTokenScopeReadOrg  AccessTokenScope = "read:org"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeAdminPublicKey AccessTokenScope = "admin:public_key"
+	AccessTokenScopeWritePublicKey AccessTokenScope = "write:public_key"
+	AccessTokenScopeReadPublicKey  AccessTokenScope = "read:public_key"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeAdminRepoHook AccessTokenScope = "admin:repo_hook"
+	AccessTokenScopeWriteRepoHook AccessTokenScope = "write:repo_hook"
+	AccessTokenScopeReadRepoHook  AccessTokenScope = "read:repo_hook"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeAdminOrgHook AccessTokenScope = "admin:org_hook"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeAdminUserHook AccessTokenScope = "admin:user_hook"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeNotification AccessTokenScope = "notification"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeUser       AccessTokenScope = "user"
+	AccessTokenScopeReadUser   AccessTokenScope = "read:user"
+	AccessTokenScopeUserEmail  AccessTokenScope = "user:email"
+	AccessTokenScopeUserFollow AccessTokenScope = "user:follow"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeDeleteRepo AccessTokenScope = "delete_repo"
+
+	AccessTokenScopePackage       AccessTokenScope = "package"
+	AccessTokenScopeWritePackage  AccessTokenScope = "write:package"
+	AccessTokenScopeReadPackage   AccessTokenScope = "read:package"
+	AccessTokenScopeDeletePackage AccessTokenScope = "delete:package"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeAdminGPGKey AccessTokenScope = "admin:gpg_key"
+	AccessTokenScopeWriteGPGKey AccessTokenScope = "write:gpg_key"
+	AccessTokenScopeReadGPGKey  AccessTokenScope = "read:gpg_key"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeAdminApplication AccessTokenScope = "admin:application"
+	AccessTokenScopeWriteApplication AccessTokenScope = "write:application"
+	AccessTokenScopeReadApplication  AccessTokenScope = "read:application"
+
+	AccessTokenScopeSudo AccessTokenScope = "sudo"
+)
+
+// AccessToken represents an API access token.
+type AccessToken struct {
+	ID             int64              `json:"id"`
+	Name           string             `json:"name"`
+	Token          string             `json:"sha1"`
+	TokenLastEight string             `json:"token_last_eight"`
+	Scopes         []AccessTokenScope `json:"scopes"`
+}
+
+// ListAccessTokensOptions options for listing a users's access tokens
+type ListAccessTokensOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListAccessTokens lists all the access tokens of user
+func (c *Client) ListAccessTokens(opts ListAccessTokensOptions) ([]*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	username := c.username
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	if len(username) == 0 {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
+	}
+	opts.setDefaults()
+	tokens := make([]*AccessToken, 0, opts.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens?%s", url.PathEscape(username), opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &tokens)
+	return tokens, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateAccessTokenOption options when create access token
+type CreateAccessTokenOption struct {
+	Name   string             `json:"name"`
+	Scopes []AccessTokenScope `json:"scopes"`
+}
+
+// CreateAccessToken create one access token with options
+func (c *Client) CreateAccessToken(opt CreateAccessTokenOption) (*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	username := c.username
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	if len(username) == 0 {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(AccessToken)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens", url.PathEscape(username)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteAccessToken delete token, identified by ID and if not available by name
+func (c *Client) DeleteAccessToken(value interface{}) (*Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	username := c.username
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	if len(username) == 0 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
+	}
+
+	token := ""
+
+	switch reflect.ValueOf(value).Kind() {
+	case reflect.Int64:
+		token = fmt.Sprintf("%d", value.(int64))
+	case reflect.String:
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		token = value.(string)
+	default:
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("only string and int64 supported")
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens/%s", url.PathEscape(username), url.PathEscape(token)), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_email.go

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Email an email address belonging to a user
+type Email struct {
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	Verified bool   `json:"verified"`
+	Primary  bool   `json:"primary"`
+}
+
+// ListEmailsOptions options for listing current's user emails
+type ListEmailsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListEmails all the email addresses of user
+func (c *Client) ListEmails(opt ListEmailsOptions) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	emails := make([]*Email, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/emails?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &emails)
+	return emails, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateEmailOption options when creating email addresses
+type CreateEmailOption struct {
+	// email addresses to add
+	Emails []string `json:"emails"`
+}
+
+// AddEmail add one email to current user with options
+func (c *Client) AddEmail(opt CreateEmailOption) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	emails := make([]*Email, 0, 3)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &emails)
+	return emails, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteEmailOption options when deleting email addresses
+type DeleteEmailOption struct {
+	// email addresses to delete
+	Emails []string `json:"emails"`
+}
+
+// DeleteEmail delete one email of current users'
+func (c *Client) DeleteEmail(opt DeleteEmailOption) (*Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_follow.go

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// ListFollowersOptions options for listing followers
+type ListFollowersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyFollowers list all the followers of current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyFollowers(opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/followers?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListFollowers list all the followers of one user
+func (c *Client) ListFollowers(user string, opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/followers?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListFollowingOptions options for listing a user's users being followed
+type ListFollowingOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyFollowing list all the users current user followed
+func (c *Client) ListMyFollowing(opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListFollowing list all the users the user followed
+func (c *Client) ListFollowing(user string, opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsFollowing if current user followed the target
+func (c *Client) IsFollowing(target string) (bool, *Response) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
+		// ToDo return err
+		return false, nil
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
+	return err == nil, resp
+}
+
+// IsUserFollowing if the user followed the target
+func (c *Client) IsUserFollowing(user, target string) (bool, *Response) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &target); err != nil {
+		// ToDo return err
+		return false, nil
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following/%s", user, target), nil, nil)
+	return err == nil, resp
+}
+
+// Follow set current user follow the target
+func (c *Client) Follow(target string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// Unfollow set current user unfollow the target
+func (c *Client) Unfollow(target string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_gpgkey.go

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+// Copyright 2017 Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// GPGKey a user GPG key to sign commit and tag in repository
+type GPGKey struct {
+	ID                int64          `json:"id"`
+	PrimaryKeyID      string         `json:"primary_key_id"`
+	KeyID             string         `json:"key_id"`
+	PublicKey         string         `json:"public_key"`
+	Emails            []*GPGKeyEmail `json:"emails"`
+	SubsKey           []*GPGKey      `json:"subkeys"`
+	CanSign           bool           `json:"can_sign"`
+	CanEncryptComms   bool           `json:"can_encrypt_comms"`
+	CanEncryptStorage bool           `json:"can_encrypt_storage"`
+	CanCertify        bool           `json:"can_certify"`
+	Created           time.Time      `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
+	Expires           time.Time      `json:"expires_at,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// GPGKeyEmail an email attached to a GPGKey
+type GPGKeyEmail struct {
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	Verified bool   `json:"verified"`
+}
+
+// ListGPGKeysOptions options for listing a user's GPGKeys
+type ListGPGKeysOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of the user
+func (c *Client) ListGPGKeys(user string, opt ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/gpg_keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListMyGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyGPGKeys(opt *ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGPGKey get current user's GPG key by key id
+func (c *Client) GetGPGKey(keyID int64) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	key := new(GPGKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateGPGKeyOption options create user GPG key
+type CreateGPGKeyOption struct {
+	// An armored GPG key to add
+	//
+	ArmoredKey string `json:"armored_public_key"`
+}
+
+// CreateGPGKey create GPG key with options
+func (c *Client) CreateGPGKey(opt CreateGPGKeyOption) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(GPGKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/gpg_keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteGPGKey delete GPG key with key id
+func (c *Client) DeleteGPGKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_key.go

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PublicKey publickey is a user key to push code to repository
+type PublicKey struct {
+	ID          int64     `json:"id"`
+	Key         string    `json:"key"`
+	URL         string    `json:"url,omitempty"`
+	Title       string    `json:"title,omitempty"`
+	Fingerprint string    `json:"fingerprint,omitempty"`
+	Created     time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
+	Owner       *User     `json:"user,omitempty"`
+	ReadOnly    bool      `json:"read_only,omitempty"`
+	KeyType     string    `json:"key_type,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ListPublicKeysOptions options for listing a user's PublicKeys
+type ListPublicKeysOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListPublicKeys list all the public keys of the user
+func (c *Client) ListPublicKeys(user string, opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListMyPublicKeys list all the public keys of current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyPublicKeys(opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPublicKey get current user's public key by key id
+func (c *Client) GetPublicKey(keyID int64) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	key := new(PublicKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateKeyOption options when creating a key
+type CreateKeyOption struct {
+	// Title of the key to add
+	Title string `json:"title"`
+	// An armored SSH key to add
+	Key string `json:"key"`
+	// Describe if the key has only read access or read/write
+	ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only"`
+}
+
+// CreatePublicKey create public key with options
+func (c *Client) CreatePublicKey(opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(PublicKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeletePublicKey delete public key with key id
+func (c *Client) DeletePublicKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_search.go

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+type searchUsersResponse struct {
+	Users []*User `json:"data"`
+}
+
+// SearchUsersOption options for SearchUsers
+type SearchUsersOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+	KeyWord string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *SearchUsersOption) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	if opt.Page > 0 {
+		query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Page))
+	}
+	if opt.PageSize > 0 {
+		query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PageSize))
+	}
+	if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
+		query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+func (c *Client) searchUsers(rawQuery string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/users/search")
+	link.RawQuery = rawQuery
+	userResp := new(searchUsersResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &userResp)
+	return userResp.Users, resp, err
+}
+
+// SearchUsers finds users by query
+func (c *Client) SearchUsers(opt SearchUsersOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	return c.searchUsers(opt.QueryEncode())
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_settings.go

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+)
+
+// UserSettings represents user settings
+type UserSettings struct {
+	FullName      string `json:"full_name"`
+	Website       string `json:"website"`
+	Description   string `json:"description"`
+	Location      string `json:"location"`
+	Language      string `json:"language"`
+	Theme         string `json:"theme"`
+	DiffViewStyle string `json:"diff_view_style"`
+	// Privacy
+	HideEmail    bool `json:"hide_email"`
+	HideActivity bool `json:"hide_activity"`
+}
+
+// UserSettingsOptions represents options to change user settings
+type UserSettingsOptions struct {
+	FullName      *string `json:"full_name,omitempty"`
+	Website       *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
+	Description   *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
+	Location      *string `json:"location,omitempty"`
+	Language      *string `json:"language,omitempty"`
+	Theme         *string `json:"theme,omitempty"`
+	DiffViewStyle *string `json:"diff_view_style,omitempty"`
+	// Privacy
+	HideEmail    *bool `json:"hide_email,omitempty"`
+	HideActivity *bool `json:"hide_activity,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// GetUserSettings returns user settings
+func (c *Client) GetUserSettings() (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	userConfig := new(UserSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/settings", nil, nil, userConfig)
+	return userConfig, resp, err
+}
+
+// UpdateUserSettings returns user settings
+func (c *Client) UpdateUserSettings(opt UserSettingsOptions) (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	userConfig := new(UserSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", "/user/settings", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), userConfig)
+	return userConfig, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/version.go

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+// ServerVersion returns the version of the server
+func (c *Client) ServerVersion() (string, *Response, error) {
+	v := struct {
+		Version string `json:"version"`
+	}{}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/version", nil, nil, &v)
+	return v.Version, resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckServerVersionConstraint validates that the login's server satisfies a
+// given version constraint such as ">= 1.11.0+dev"
+func (c *Client) CheckServerVersionConstraint(constraint string) error {
+	if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	check, err := version.NewConstraint(constraint)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if !check.Check(c.serverVersion) {
+		c.mutex.RLock()
+		url := c.url
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+		return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s does not satisfy version constraint %s", url, constraint)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// SetGiteaVersion configures the Client to assume the given version of the
+// Gitea server, instead of querying the server for it when initializing.
+// Use "" to skip all canonical ways in the SDK to check for versions
+func SetGiteaVersion(v string) ClientOption {
+	if v == "" {
+		return func(c *Client) error {
+			c.ignoreVersion = true
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+	return func(c *Client) (err error) {
+		c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() {
+			c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(v)
+		})
+		return
+	}
+}
+
+// predefined versions only have to be parsed by library once
+var (
+	version1_11_0 = version.Must(version.NewVersion("1.11.0"))
+	version1_11_5 = version.Must(version.NewVersion("1.11.5"))
+	version1_12_0 = version.Must(version.NewVersion("1.12.0"))
+	version1_12_3 = version.Must(version.NewVersion("1.12.3"))
+	version1_13_0 = version.Must(version.NewVersion("1.13.0"))
+	version1_14_0 = version.Must(version.NewVersion("1.14.0"))
+	version1_15_0 = version.Must(version.NewVersion("1.15.0"))
+	version1_16_0 = version.Must(version.NewVersion("1.16.0"))
+	version1_17_0 = version.Must(version.NewVersion("1.17.0"))
+)
+
+// ErrUnknownVersion is an unknown version from the API
+type ErrUnknownVersion struct {
+	raw string
+}
+
+// Error fulfills error
+func (e ErrUnknownVersion) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("unknown version: %s", e.raw)
+}
+
+func (_ ErrUnknownVersion) Is(target error) bool {
+	_, ok1 := target.(*ErrUnknownVersion)
+	_, ok2 := target.(ErrUnknownVersion)
+	return ok1 || ok2
+}
+
+// checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual is the canonical way in the SDK to check for versions for API compatibility reasons
+func (c *Client) checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(v *version.Version) error {
+	if c.ignoreVersion {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	if !c.serverVersion.GreaterThanOrEqual(v) {
+		c.mutex.RLock()
+		url := c.url
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+		return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s is older than %s", url, v.Original())
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// loadServerVersion init the serverVersion variable
+func (c *Client) loadServerVersion() (err error) {
+	c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() {
+		raw, _, err2 := c.ServerVersion()
+		if err2 != nil {
+			err = err2
+			return
+		}
+		if c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(raw); err != nil {
+			if strings.TrimSpace(raw) != "" {
+				// Version was something, just not recognized
+				c.serverVersion = version1_11_0
+				err = &ErrUnknownVersion{raw: raw}
+			}
+			return
+		}
+	})
+	return
+}

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+language: go
+
+go:
+  - 1.6.x
+  - 1.7.x
+  - 1.8.x
+  - 1.9.x
+  - 1.10.x
+  - 1.11.x
+  - 1.12.x
+  - tip
+
+# Setting sudo access to false will let Travis CI use containers rather than
+# VMs to run the tests. For more details see:
+# - http://docs.travis-ci.com/user/workers/container-based-infrastructure/
+# - http://docs.travis-ci.com/user/workers/standard-infrastructure/
+sudo: false
+
+script:
+  - make setup
+  - make test
+
+notifications:
+  webhooks:
+    urls:
+      - https://webhooks.gitter.im/e/06e3328629952dabe3e0
+    on_success: change  # options: [always|never|change] default: always
+    on_failure: always  # options: [always|never|change] default: always
+    on_start: never     # options: [always|never|change] default: always

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/LICENSE.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Copyright (C) 2014-2019, Matt Butcher and Matt Farina
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+.PHONY: setup
+setup:
+	go get -u gopkg.in/alecthomas/gometalinter.v1
+	gometalinter.v1 --install
+
+.PHONY: test
+test: validate lint
+	@echo "==> Running tests"
+	go test -v
+
+.PHONY: validate
+validate:
+	@echo "==> Running static validations"
+	@gometalinter.v1 \
+	  --disable-all \
+	  --enable deadcode \
+	  --severity deadcode:error \
+	  --enable gofmt \
+	  --enable gosimple \
+	  --enable ineffassign \
+	  --enable misspell \
+	  --enable vet \
+	  --tests \
+	  --vendor \
+	  --deadline 60s \
+	  ./... || exit_code=1
+
+.PHONY: lint
+lint:
+	@echo "==> Running linters"
+	@gometalinter.v1 \
+	  --disable-all \
+	  --enable golint \
+	  --vendor \
+	  --deadline 60s \
+	  ./... || :

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+# SemVer
+
+The `semver` package provides the ability to work with [Semantic Versions](http://semver.org) in Go. Specifically it provides the ability to:
+
+* Parse semantic versions
+* Sort semantic versions
+* Check if a semantic version fits within a set of constraints
+* Optionally work with a `v` prefix
+
+[![Stability:
+Active](https://masterminds.github.io/stability/active.svg)](https://masterminds.github.io/stability/active.html)
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/Masterminds/semver.svg)](https://travis-ci.org/Masterminds/semver) [![Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/jfk66lib7hb985k8/branch/master?svg=true&passingText=windows%20build%20passing&failingText=windows%20build%20failing)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/mattfarina/semver/branch/master) [![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/semver?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/semver) [![Go Report Card](https://goreportcard.com/badge/github.com/Masterminds/semver)](https://goreportcard.com/report/github.com/Masterminds/semver)
+
+If you are looking for a command line tool for version comparisons please see
+[vert](https://github.com/Masterminds/vert) which uses this library.
+
+## Parsing Semantic Versions
+
+To parse a semantic version use the `NewVersion` function. For example,
+
+```go
+    v, err := semver.NewVersion("1.2.3-beta.1+build345")
+```
+
+If there is an error the version wasn't parseable. The version object has methods
+to get the parts of the version, compare it to other versions, convert the
+version back into a string, and get the original string. For more details
+please see the [documentation](https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/semver).
+
+## Sorting Semantic Versions
+
+A set of versions can be sorted using the [`sort`](https://golang.org/pkg/sort/)
+package from the standard library. For example,
+
+```go
+    raw := []string{"1.2.3", "1.0", "1.3", "2", "0.4.2",}
+    vs := make([]*semver.Version, len(raw))
+	for i, r := range raw {
+		v, err := semver.NewVersion(r)
+		if err != nil {
+			t.Errorf("Error parsing version: %s", err)
+		}
+
+		vs[i] = v
+	}
+
+	sort.Sort(semver.Collection(vs))
+```
+
+## Checking Version Constraints
+
+Checking a version against version constraints is one of the most featureful
+parts of the package.
+
+```go
+    c, err := semver.NewConstraint(">= 1.2.3")
+    if err != nil {
+        // Handle constraint not being parseable.
+    }
+
+    v, _ := semver.NewVersion("1.3")
+    if err != nil {
+        // Handle version not being parseable.
+    }
+    // Check if the version meets the constraints. The a variable will be true.
+    a := c.Check(v)
+```
+
+## Basic Comparisons
+
+There are two elements to the comparisons. First, a comparison string is a list
+of comma separated and comparisons. These are then separated by || separated or
+comparisons. For example, `">= 1.2, < 3.0.0 || >= 4.2.3"` is looking for a
+comparison that's greater than or equal to 1.2 and less than 3.0.0 or is
+greater than or equal to 4.2.3.
+
+The basic comparisons are:
+
+* `=`: equal (aliased to no operator)
+* `!=`: not equal
+* `>`: greater than
+* `<`: less than
+* `>=`: greater than or equal to
+* `<=`: less than or equal to
+
+## Working With Pre-release Versions
+
+Pre-releases, for those not familiar with them, are used for software releases
+prior to stable or generally available releases. Examples of pre-releases include
+development, alpha, beta, and release candidate releases. A pre-release may be
+a version such as `1.2.3-beta.1` while the stable release would be `1.2.3`. In the
+order of precidence, pre-releases come before their associated releases. In this
+example `1.2.3-beta.1 < 1.2.3`.
+
+According to the Semantic Version specification pre-releases may not be
+API compliant with their release counterpart. It says,
+
+> A pre-release version indicates that the version is unstable and might not satisfy the intended compatibility requirements as denoted by its associated normal version.
+
+SemVer comparisons without a pre-release comparator will skip pre-release versions.
+For example, `>=1.2.3` will skip pre-releases when looking at a list of releases
+while `>=1.2.3-0` will evaluate and find pre-releases.
+
+The reason for the `0` as a pre-release version in the example comparison is
+because pre-releases can only contain ASCII alphanumerics and hyphens (along with
+`.` separators), per the spec. Sorting happens in ASCII sort order, again per the spec. The lowest character is a `0` in ASCII sort order (see an [ASCII Table](http://www.asciitable.com/))
+
+Understanding ASCII sort ordering is important because A-Z comes before a-z. That
+means `>=1.2.3-BETA` will return `1.2.3-alpha`. What you might expect from case
+sensitivity doesn't apply here. This is due to ASCII sort ordering which is what
+the spec specifies.
+
+## Hyphen Range Comparisons
+
+There are multiple methods to handle ranges and the first is hyphens ranges.
+These look like:
+
+* `1.2 - 1.4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 1.2, <= 1.4.5`
+* `2.3.4 - 4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 2.3.4, <= 4.5`
+
+## Wildcards In Comparisons
+
+The `x`, `X`, and `*` characters can be used as a wildcard character. This works
+for all comparison operators. When used on the `=` operator it falls
+back to the pack level comparison (see tilde below). For example,
+
+* `1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 1.3.0`
+* `>= 1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0`
+* `<= 2.x` is equivalent to `< 3`
+* `*` is equivalent to `>= 0.0.0`
+
+## Tilde Range Comparisons (Patch)
+
+The tilde (`~`) comparison operator is for patch level ranges when a minor
+version is specified and major level changes when the minor number is missing.
+For example,
+
+* `~1.2.3` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.3, < 1.3.0`
+* `~1` is equivalent to `>= 1, < 2`
+* `~2.3` is equivalent to `>= 2.3, < 2.4`
+* `~1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 1.3.0`
+* `~1.x` is equivalent to `>= 1, < 2`
+
+## Caret Range Comparisons (Major)
+
+The caret (`^`) comparison operator is for major level changes. This is useful
+when comparisons of API versions as a major change is API breaking. For example,
+
+* `^1.2.3` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.3, < 2.0.0`
+* `^0.0.1` is equivalent to `>= 0.0.1, < 1.0.0`
+* `^1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 2.0.0`
+* `^2.3` is equivalent to `>= 2.3, < 3`
+* `^2.x` is equivalent to `>= 2.0.0, < 3`
+
+# Validation
+
+In addition to testing a version against a constraint, a version can be validated
+against a constraint. When validation fails a slice of errors containing why a
+version didn't meet the constraint is returned. For example,
+
+```go
+    c, err := semver.NewConstraint("<= 1.2.3, >= 1.4")
+    if err != nil {
+        // Handle constraint not being parseable.
+    }
+
+    v, _ := semver.NewVersion("1.3")
+    if err != nil {
+        // Handle version not being parseable.
+    }
+
+    // Validate a version against a constraint.
+    a, msgs := c.Validate(v)
+    // a is false
+    for _, m := range msgs {
+        fmt.Println(m)
+
+        // Loops over the errors which would read
+        // "1.3 is greater than 1.2.3"
+        // "1.3 is less than 1.4"
+    }
+```
+
+# Fuzzing
+
+ [dvyukov/go-fuzz](https://github.com/dvyukov/go-fuzz) is used for fuzzing.
+
+1. `go-fuzz-build`
+2. `go-fuzz -workdir=fuzz`
+
+# Contribute
+
+If you find an issue or want to contribute please file an [issue](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/issues)
+or [create a pull request](https://github.com/Masterminds/semver/pulls).

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/appveyor.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+version: build-{build}.{branch}
+
+clone_folder: C:\gopath\src\github.com\Masterminds\semver
+shallow_clone: true
+
+environment:
+  GOPATH: C:\gopath
+
+platform:
+  - x64
+
+install:
+  - go version
+  - go env
+  - go get -u gopkg.in/alecthomas/gometalinter.v1
+  - set PATH=%PATH%;%GOPATH%\bin
+  - gometalinter.v1.exe --install
+
+build_script:
+  - go install -v ./...
+
+test_script:
+  - "gometalinter.v1 \
+    --disable-all \
+    --enable deadcode \
+    --severity deadcode:error \
+    --enable gofmt \
+    --enable gosimple \
+    --enable ineffassign \
+    --enable misspell \
+    --enable vet \
+    --tests \
+    --vendor \
+    --deadline 60s \
+    ./... || exit_code=1"
+  - "gometalinter.v1 \
+    --disable-all \
+    --enable golint \
+    --vendor \
+    --deadline 60s \
+    ./... || :"
+  - go test -v
+
+deploy: off

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/collection.go

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package semver
+
+// Collection is a collection of Version instances and implements the sort
+// interface. See the sort package for more details.
+// https://golang.org/pkg/sort/
+type Collection []*Version
+
+// Len returns the length of a collection. The number of Version instances
+// on the slice.
+func (c Collection) Len() int {
+	return len(c)
+}
+
+// Less is needed for the sort interface to compare two Version objects on the
+// slice. If checks if one is less than the other.
+func (c Collection) Less(i, j int) bool {
+	return c[i].LessThan(c[j])
+}
+
+// Swap is needed for the sort interface to replace the Version objects
+// at two different positions in the slice.
+func (c Collection) Swap(i, j int) {
+	c[i], c[j] = c[j], c[i]
+}

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/constraints.go

@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+package semver
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Constraints is one or more constraint that a semantic version can be
+// checked against.
+type Constraints struct {
+	constraints [][]*constraint
+}
+
+// NewConstraint returns a Constraints instance that a Version instance can
+// be checked against. If there is a parse error it will be returned.
+func NewConstraint(c string) (*Constraints, error) {
+
+	// Rewrite - ranges into a comparison operation.
+	c = rewriteRange(c)
+
+	ors := strings.Split(c, "||")
+	or := make([][]*constraint, len(ors))
+	for k, v := range ors {
+		cs := strings.Split(v, ",")
+		result := make([]*constraint, len(cs))
+		for i, s := range cs {
+			pc, err := parseConstraint(s)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+
+			result[i] = pc
+		}
+		or[k] = result
+	}
+
+	o := &Constraints{constraints: or}
+	return o, nil
+}
+
+// Check tests if a version satisfies the constraints.
+func (cs Constraints) Check(v *Version) bool {
+	// loop over the ORs and check the inner ANDs
+	for _, o := range cs.constraints {
+		joy := true
+		for _, c := range o {
+			if !c.check(v) {
+				joy = false
+				break
+			}
+		}
+
+		if joy {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false
+}
+
+// Validate checks if a version satisfies a constraint. If not a slice of
+// reasons for the failure are returned in addition to a bool.
+func (cs Constraints) Validate(v *Version) (bool, []error) {
+	// loop over the ORs and check the inner ANDs
+	var e []error
+
+	// Capture the prerelease message only once. When it happens the first time
+	// this var is marked
+	var prerelesase bool
+	for _, o := range cs.constraints {
+		joy := true
+		for _, c := range o {
+			// Before running the check handle the case there the version is
+			// a prerelease and the check is not searching for prereleases.
+			if c.con.pre == "" && v.pre != "" {
+				if !prerelesase {
+					em := fmt.Errorf("%s is a prerelease version and the constraint is only looking for release versions", v)
+					e = append(e, em)
+					prerelesase = true
+				}
+				joy = false
+
+			} else {
+
+				if !c.check(v) {
+					em := fmt.Errorf(c.msg, v, c.orig)
+					e = append(e, em)
+					joy = false
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		if joy {
+			return true, []error{}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false, e
+}
+
+var constraintOps map[string]cfunc
+var constraintMsg map[string]string
+var constraintRegex *regexp.Regexp
+
+func init() {
+	constraintOps = map[string]cfunc{
+		"":   constraintTildeOrEqual,
+		"=":  constraintTildeOrEqual,
+		"!=": constraintNotEqual,
+		">":  constraintGreaterThan,
+		"<":  constraintLessThan,
+		">=": constraintGreaterThanEqual,
+		"=>": constraintGreaterThanEqual,
+		"<=": constraintLessThanEqual,
+		"=<": constraintLessThanEqual,
+		"~":  constraintTilde,
+		"~>": constraintTilde,
+		"^":  constraintCaret,
+	}
+
+	constraintMsg = map[string]string{
+		"":   "%s is not equal to %s",
+		"=":  "%s is not equal to %s",
+		"!=": "%s is equal to %s",
+		">":  "%s is less than or equal to %s",
+		"<":  "%s is greater than or equal to %s",
+		">=": "%s is less than %s",
+		"=>": "%s is less than %s",
+		"<=": "%s is greater than %s",
+		"=<": "%s is greater than %s",
+		"~":  "%s does not have same major and minor version as %s",
+		"~>": "%s does not have same major and minor version as %s",
+		"^":  "%s does not have same major version as %s",
+	}
+
+	ops := make([]string, 0, len(constraintOps))
+	for k := range constraintOps {
+		ops = append(ops, regexp.QuoteMeta(k))
+	}
+
+	constraintRegex = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(
+		`^\s*(%s)\s*(%s)\s*$`,
+		strings.Join(ops, "|"),
+		cvRegex))
+
+	constraintRangeRegex = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(
+		`\s*(%s)\s+-\s+(%s)\s*`,
+		cvRegex, cvRegex))
+}
+
+// An individual constraint
+type constraint struct {
+	// The callback function for the restraint. It performs the logic for
+	// the constraint.
+	function cfunc
+
+	msg string
+
+	// The version used in the constraint check. For example, if a constraint
+	// is '<= 2.0.0' the con a version instance representing 2.0.0.
+	con *Version
+
+	// The original parsed version (e.g., 4.x from != 4.x)
+	orig string
+
+	// When an x is used as part of the version (e.g., 1.x)
+	minorDirty bool
+	dirty      bool
+	patchDirty bool
+}
+
+// Check if a version meets the constraint
+func (c *constraint) check(v *Version) bool {
+	return c.function(v, c)
+}
+
+type cfunc func(v *Version, c *constraint) bool
+
+func parseConstraint(c string) (*constraint, error) {
+	m := constraintRegex.FindStringSubmatch(c)
+	if m == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("improper constraint: %s", c)
+	}
+
+	ver := m[2]
+	orig := ver
+	minorDirty := false
+	patchDirty := false
+	dirty := false
+	if isX(m[3]) {
+		ver = "0.0.0"
+		dirty = true
+	} else if isX(strings.TrimPrefix(m[4], ".")) || m[4] == "" {
+		minorDirty = true
+		dirty = true
+		ver = fmt.Sprintf("%s.0.0%s", m[3], m[6])
+	} else if isX(strings.TrimPrefix(m[5], ".")) {
+		dirty = true
+		patchDirty = true
+		ver = fmt.Sprintf("%s%s.0%s", m[3], m[4], m[6])
+	}
+
+	con, err := NewVersion(ver)
+	if err != nil {
+
+		// The constraintRegex should catch any regex parsing errors. So,
+		// we should never get here.
+		return nil, errors.New("constraint Parser Error")
+	}
+
+	cs := &constraint{
+		function:   constraintOps[m[1]],
+		msg:        constraintMsg[m[1]],
+		con:        con,
+		orig:       orig,
+		minorDirty: minorDirty,
+		patchDirty: patchDirty,
+		dirty:      dirty,
+	}
+	return cs, nil
+}
+
+// Constraint functions
+func constraintNotEqual(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
+	if c.dirty {
+
+		// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
+		// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
+		// more details.
+		if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
+			return false
+		}
+
+		if c.con.Major() != v.Major() {
+			return true
+		}
+		if c.con.Minor() != v.Minor() && !c.minorDirty {
+			return true
+		} else if c.minorDirty {
+			return false
+		}
+
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return !v.Equal(c.con)
+}
+
+func constraintGreaterThan(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
+
+	// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
+	// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
+	// more details.
+	if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return v.Compare(c.con) == 1
+}
+
+func constraintLessThan(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
+	// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
+	// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
+	// more details.
+	if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	if !c.dirty {
+		return v.Compare(c.con) < 0
+	}
+
+	if v.Major() > c.con.Major() {
+		return false
+	} else if v.Minor() > c.con.Minor() && !c.minorDirty {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+func constraintGreaterThanEqual(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
+
+	// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
+	// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
+	// more details.
+	if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return v.Compare(c.con) >= 0
+}
+
+func constraintLessThanEqual(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
+	// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
+	// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
+	// more details.
+	if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	if !c.dirty {
+		return v.Compare(c.con) <= 0
+	}
+
+	if v.Major() > c.con.Major() {
+		return false
+	} else if v.Minor() > c.con.Minor() && !c.minorDirty {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+// ~*, ~>* --> >= 0.0.0 (any)
+// ~2, ~2.x, ~2.x.x, ~>2, ~>2.x ~>2.x.x --> >=2.0.0, <3.0.0
+// ~2.0, ~2.0.x, ~>2.0, ~>2.0.x --> >=2.0.0, <2.1.0
+// ~1.2, ~1.2.x, ~>1.2, ~>1.2.x --> >=1.2.0, <1.3.0
+// ~1.2.3, ~>1.2.3 --> >=1.2.3, <1.3.0
+// ~1.2.0, ~>1.2.0 --> >=1.2.0, <1.3.0
+func constraintTilde(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
+	// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
+	// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
+	// more details.
+	if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	if v.LessThan(c.con) {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	// ~0.0.0 is a special case where all constraints are accepted. It's
+	// equivalent to >= 0.0.0.
+	if c.con.Major() == 0 && c.con.Minor() == 0 && c.con.Patch() == 0 &&
+		!c.minorDirty && !c.patchDirty {
+		return true
+	}
+
+	if v.Major() != c.con.Major() {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	if v.Minor() != c.con.Minor() && !c.minorDirty {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+// When there is a .x (dirty) status it automatically opts in to ~. Otherwise
+// it's a straight =
+func constraintTildeOrEqual(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
+	// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
+	// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
+	// more details.
+	if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	if c.dirty {
+		c.msg = constraintMsg["~"]
+		return constraintTilde(v, c)
+	}
+
+	return v.Equal(c.con)
+}
+
+// ^* --> (any)
+// ^2, ^2.x, ^2.x.x --> >=2.0.0, <3.0.0
+// ^2.0, ^2.0.x --> >=2.0.0, <3.0.0
+// ^1.2, ^1.2.x --> >=1.2.0, <2.0.0
+// ^1.2.3 --> >=1.2.3, <2.0.0
+// ^1.2.0 --> >=1.2.0, <2.0.0
+func constraintCaret(v *Version, c *constraint) bool {
+	// If there is a pre-release on the version but the constraint isn't looking
+	// for them assume that pre-releases are not compatible. See issue 21 for
+	// more details.
+	if v.Prerelease() != "" && c.con.Prerelease() == "" {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	if v.LessThan(c.con) {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	if v.Major() != c.con.Major() {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+var constraintRangeRegex *regexp.Regexp
+
+const cvRegex string = `v?([0-9|x|X|\*]+)(\.[0-9|x|X|\*]+)?(\.[0-9|x|X|\*]+)?` +
+	`(-([0-9A-Za-z\-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-]+)*))?` +
+	`(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-]+)*))?`
+
+func isX(x string) bool {
+	switch x {
+	case "x", "*", "X":
+		return true
+	default:
+		return false
+	}
+}
+
+func rewriteRange(i string) string {
+	m := constraintRangeRegex.FindAllStringSubmatch(i, -1)
+	if m == nil {
+		return i
+	}
+	o := i
+	for _, v := range m {
+		t := fmt.Sprintf(">= %s, <= %s", v[1], v[11])
+		o = strings.Replace(o, v[0], t, 1)
+	}
+
+	return o
+}

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+Package semver provides the ability to work with Semantic Versions (http://semver.org) in Go.
+
+Specifically it provides the ability to:
+
+    * Parse semantic versions
+    * Sort semantic versions
+    * Check if a semantic version fits within a set of constraints
+    * Optionally work with a `v` prefix
+
+Parsing Semantic Versions
+
+To parse a semantic version use the `NewVersion` function. For example,
+
+    v, err := semver.NewVersion("1.2.3-beta.1+build345")
+
+If there is an error the version wasn't parseable. The version object has methods
+to get the parts of the version, compare it to other versions, convert the
+version back into a string, and get the original string. For more details
+please see the documentation at https://godoc.org/github.com/Masterminds/semver.
+
+Sorting Semantic Versions
+
+A set of versions can be sorted using the `sort` package from the standard library.
+For example,
+
+    raw := []string{"1.2.3", "1.0", "1.3", "2", "0.4.2",}
+    vs := make([]*semver.Version, len(raw))
+	for i, r := range raw {
+		v, err := semver.NewVersion(r)
+		if err != nil {
+			t.Errorf("Error parsing version: %s", err)
+		}
+
+		vs[i] = v
+	}
+
+	sort.Sort(semver.Collection(vs))
+
+Checking Version Constraints
+
+Checking a version against version constraints is one of the most featureful
+parts of the package.
+
+    c, err := semver.NewConstraint(">= 1.2.3")
+    if err != nil {
+        // Handle constraint not being parseable.
+    }
+
+    v, err := semver.NewVersion("1.3")
+    if err != nil {
+        // Handle version not being parseable.
+    }
+    // Check if the version meets the constraints. The a variable will be true.
+    a := c.Check(v)
+
+Basic Comparisons
+
+There are two elements to the comparisons. First, a comparison string is a list
+of comma separated and comparisons. These are then separated by || separated or
+comparisons. For example, `">= 1.2, < 3.0.0 || >= 4.2.3"` is looking for a
+comparison that's greater than or equal to 1.2 and less than 3.0.0 or is
+greater than or equal to 4.2.3.
+
+The basic comparisons are:
+
+    * `=`: equal (aliased to no operator)
+    * `!=`: not equal
+    * `>`: greater than
+    * `<`: less than
+    * `>=`: greater than or equal to
+    * `<=`: less than or equal to
+
+Hyphen Range Comparisons
+
+There are multiple methods to handle ranges and the first is hyphens ranges.
+These look like:
+
+    * `1.2 - 1.4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 1.2, <= 1.4.5`
+    * `2.3.4 - 4.5` which is equivalent to `>= 2.3.4, <= 4.5`
+
+Wildcards In Comparisons
+
+The `x`, `X`, and `*` characters can be used as a wildcard character. This works
+for all comparison operators. When used on the `=` operator it falls
+back to the pack level comparison (see tilde below). For example,
+
+    * `1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 1.3.0`
+    * `>= 1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0`
+    * `<= 2.x` is equivalent to `<= 3`
+    * `*` is equivalent to `>= 0.0.0`
+
+Tilde Range Comparisons (Patch)
+
+The tilde (`~`) comparison operator is for patch level ranges when a minor
+version is specified and major level changes when the minor number is missing.
+For example,
+
+    * `~1.2.3` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.3, < 1.3.0`
+    * `~1` is equivalent to `>= 1, < 2`
+    * `~2.3` is equivalent to `>= 2.3, < 2.4`
+    * `~1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 1.3.0`
+    * `~1.x` is equivalent to `>= 1, < 2`
+
+Caret Range Comparisons (Major)
+
+The caret (`^`) comparison operator is for major level changes. This is useful
+when comparisons of API versions as a major change is API breaking. For example,
+
+    * `^1.2.3` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.3, < 2.0.0`
+    * `^1.2.x` is equivalent to `>= 1.2.0, < 2.0.0`
+    * `^2.3` is equivalent to `>= 2.3, < 3`
+    * `^2.x` is equivalent to `>= 2.0.0, < 3`
+*/
+package semver

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/version.go

@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+package semver
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"regexp"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// The compiled version of the regex created at init() is cached here so it
+// only needs to be created once.
+var versionRegex *regexp.Regexp
+var validPrereleaseRegex *regexp.Regexp
+
+var (
+	// ErrInvalidSemVer is returned a version is found to be invalid when
+	// being parsed.
+	ErrInvalidSemVer = errors.New("Invalid Semantic Version")
+
+	// ErrInvalidMetadata is returned when the metadata is an invalid format
+	ErrInvalidMetadata = errors.New("Invalid Metadata string")
+
+	// ErrInvalidPrerelease is returned when the pre-release is an invalid format
+	ErrInvalidPrerelease = errors.New("Invalid Prerelease string")
+)
+
+// SemVerRegex is the regular expression used to parse a semantic version.
+const SemVerRegex string = `v?([0-9]+)(\.[0-9]+)?(\.[0-9]+)?` +
+	`(-([0-9A-Za-z\-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-]+)*))?` +
+	`(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-]+)*))?`
+
+// ValidPrerelease is the regular expression which validates
+// both prerelease and metadata values.
+const ValidPrerelease string = `^([0-9A-Za-z\-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-]+)*)$`
+
+// Version represents a single semantic version.
+type Version struct {
+	major, minor, patch int64
+	pre                 string
+	metadata            string
+	original            string
+}
+
+func init() {
+	versionRegex = regexp.MustCompile("^" + SemVerRegex + "$")
+	validPrereleaseRegex = regexp.MustCompile(ValidPrerelease)
+}
+
+// NewVersion parses a given version and returns an instance of Version or
+// an error if unable to parse the version.
+func NewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) {
+	m := versionRegex.FindStringSubmatch(v)
+	if m == nil {
+		return nil, ErrInvalidSemVer
+	}
+
+	sv := &Version{
+		metadata: m[8],
+		pre:      m[5],
+		original: v,
+	}
+
+	var temp int64
+	temp, err := strconv.ParseInt(m[1], 10, 64)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error parsing version segment: %s", err)
+	}
+	sv.major = temp
+
+	if m[2] != "" {
+		temp, err = strconv.ParseInt(strings.TrimPrefix(m[2], "."), 10, 64)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error parsing version segment: %s", err)
+		}
+		sv.minor = temp
+	} else {
+		sv.minor = 0
+	}
+
+	if m[3] != "" {
+		temp, err = strconv.ParseInt(strings.TrimPrefix(m[3], "."), 10, 64)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error parsing version segment: %s", err)
+		}
+		sv.patch = temp
+	} else {
+		sv.patch = 0
+	}
+
+	return sv, nil
+}
+
+// MustParse parses a given version and panics on error.
+func MustParse(v string) *Version {
+	sv, err := NewVersion(v)
+	if err != nil {
+		panic(err)
+	}
+	return sv
+}
+
+// String converts a Version object to a string.
+// Note, if the original version contained a leading v this version will not.
+// See the Original() method to retrieve the original value. Semantic Versions
+// don't contain a leading v per the spec. Instead it's optional on
+// implementation.
+func (v *Version) String() string {
+	var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+	fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "%d.%d.%d", v.major, v.minor, v.patch)
+	if v.pre != "" {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "-%s", v.pre)
+	}
+	if v.metadata != "" {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "+%s", v.metadata)
+	}
+
+	return buf.String()
+}
+
+// Original returns the original value passed in to be parsed.
+func (v *Version) Original() string {
+	return v.original
+}
+
+// Major returns the major version.
+func (v *Version) Major() int64 {
+	return v.major
+}
+
+// Minor returns the minor version.
+func (v *Version) Minor() int64 {
+	return v.minor
+}
+
+// Patch returns the patch version.
+func (v *Version) Patch() int64 {
+	return v.patch
+}
+
+// Prerelease returns the pre-release version.
+func (v *Version) Prerelease() string {
+	return v.pre
+}
+
+// Metadata returns the metadata on the version.
+func (v *Version) Metadata() string {
+	return v.metadata
+}
+
+// originalVPrefix returns the original 'v' prefix if any.
+func (v *Version) originalVPrefix() string {
+
+	// Note, only lowercase v is supported as a prefix by the parser.
+	if v.original != "" && v.original[:1] == "v" {
+		return v.original[:1]
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// IncPatch produces the next patch version.
+// If the current version does not have prerelease/metadata information,
+// it unsets metadata and prerelease values, increments patch number.
+// If the current version has any of prerelease or metadata information,
+// it unsets both values and keeps curent patch value
+func (v Version) IncPatch() Version {
+	vNext := v
+	// according to http://semver.org/#spec-item-9
+	// Pre-release versions have a lower precedence than the associated normal version.
+	// according to http://semver.org/#spec-item-10
+	// Build metadata SHOULD be ignored when determining version precedence.
+	if v.pre != "" {
+		vNext.metadata = ""
+		vNext.pre = ""
+	} else {
+		vNext.metadata = ""
+		vNext.pre = ""
+		vNext.patch = v.patch + 1
+	}
+	vNext.original = v.originalVPrefix() + "" + vNext.String()
+	return vNext
+}
+
+// IncMinor produces the next minor version.
+// Sets patch to 0.
+// Increments minor number.
+// Unsets metadata.
+// Unsets prerelease status.
+func (v Version) IncMinor() Version {
+	vNext := v
+	vNext.metadata = ""
+	vNext.pre = ""
+	vNext.patch = 0
+	vNext.minor = v.minor + 1
+	vNext.original = v.originalVPrefix() + "" + vNext.String()
+	return vNext
+}
+
+// IncMajor produces the next major version.
+// Sets patch to 0.
+// Sets minor to 0.
+// Increments major number.
+// Unsets metadata.
+// Unsets prerelease status.
+func (v Version) IncMajor() Version {
+	vNext := v
+	vNext.metadata = ""
+	vNext.pre = ""
+	vNext.patch = 0
+	vNext.minor = 0
+	vNext.major = v.major + 1
+	vNext.original = v.originalVPrefix() + "" + vNext.String()
+	return vNext
+}
+
+// SetPrerelease defines the prerelease value.
+// Value must not include the required 'hypen' prefix.
+func (v Version) SetPrerelease(prerelease string) (Version, error) {
+	vNext := v
+	if len(prerelease) > 0 && !validPrereleaseRegex.MatchString(prerelease) {
+		return vNext, ErrInvalidPrerelease
+	}
+	vNext.pre = prerelease
+	vNext.original = v.originalVPrefix() + "" + vNext.String()
+	return vNext, nil
+}
+
+// SetMetadata defines metadata value.
+// Value must not include the required 'plus' prefix.
+func (v Version) SetMetadata(metadata string) (Version, error) {
+	vNext := v
+	if len(metadata) > 0 && !validPrereleaseRegex.MatchString(metadata) {
+		return vNext, ErrInvalidMetadata
+	}
+	vNext.metadata = metadata
+	vNext.original = v.originalVPrefix() + "" + vNext.String()
+	return vNext, nil
+}
+
+// LessThan tests if one version is less than another one.
+func (v *Version) LessThan(o *Version) bool {
+	return v.Compare(o) < 0
+}
+
+// GreaterThan tests if one version is greater than another one.
+func (v *Version) GreaterThan(o *Version) bool {
+	return v.Compare(o) > 0
+}
+
+// Equal tests if two versions are equal to each other.
+// Note, versions can be equal with different metadata since metadata
+// is not considered part of the comparable version.
+func (v *Version) Equal(o *Version) bool {
+	return v.Compare(o) == 0
+}
+
+// Compare compares this version to another one. It returns -1, 0, or 1 if
+// the version smaller, equal, or larger than the other version.
+//
+// Versions are compared by X.Y.Z. Build metadata is ignored. Prerelease is
+// lower than the version without a prerelease.
+func (v *Version) Compare(o *Version) int {
+	// Compare the major, minor, and patch version for differences. If a
+	// difference is found return the comparison.
+	if d := compareSegment(v.Major(), o.Major()); d != 0 {
+		return d
+	}
+	if d := compareSegment(v.Minor(), o.Minor()); d != 0 {
+		return d
+	}
+	if d := compareSegment(v.Patch(), o.Patch()); d != 0 {
+		return d
+	}
+
+	// At this point the major, minor, and patch versions are the same.
+	ps := v.pre
+	po := o.Prerelease()
+
+	if ps == "" && po == "" {
+		return 0
+	}
+	if ps == "" {
+		return 1
+	}
+	if po == "" {
+		return -1
+	}
+
+	return comparePrerelease(ps, po)
+}
+
+// UnmarshalJSON implements JSON.Unmarshaler interface.
+func (v *Version) UnmarshalJSON(b []byte) error {
+	var s string
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(b, &s); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	temp, err := NewVersion(s)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	v.major = temp.major
+	v.minor = temp.minor
+	v.patch = temp.patch
+	v.pre = temp.pre
+	v.metadata = temp.metadata
+	v.original = temp.original
+	temp = nil
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MarshalJSON implements JSON.Marshaler interface.
+func (v *Version) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+	return json.Marshal(v.String())
+}
+
+func compareSegment(v, o int64) int {
+	if v < o {
+		return -1
+	}
+	if v > o {
+		return 1
+	}
+
+	return 0
+}
+
+func comparePrerelease(v, o string) int {
+
+	// split the prelease versions by their part. The separator, per the spec,
+	// is a .
+	sparts := strings.Split(v, ".")
+	oparts := strings.Split(o, ".")
+
+	// Find the longer length of the parts to know how many loop iterations to
+	// go through.
+	slen := len(sparts)
+	olen := len(oparts)
+
+	l := slen
+	if olen > slen {
+		l = olen
+	}
+
+	// Iterate over each part of the prereleases to compare the differences.
+	for i := 0; i < l; i++ {
+		// Since the lentgh of the parts can be different we need to create
+		// a placeholder. This is to avoid out of bounds issues.
+		stemp := ""
+		if i < slen {
+			stemp = sparts[i]
+		}
+
+		otemp := ""
+		if i < olen {
+			otemp = oparts[i]
+		}
+
+		d := comparePrePart(stemp, otemp)
+		if d != 0 {
+			return d
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Reaching here means two versions are of equal value but have different
+	// metadata (the part following a +). They are not identical in string form
+	// but the version comparison finds them to be equal.
+	return 0
+}
+
+func comparePrePart(s, o string) int {
+	// Fastpath if they are equal
+	if s == o {
+		return 0
+	}
+
+	// When s or o are empty we can use the other in an attempt to determine
+	// the response.
+	if s == "" {
+		if o != "" {
+			return -1
+		}
+		return 1
+	}
+
+	if o == "" {
+		if s != "" {
+			return 1
+		}
+		return -1
+	}
+
+	// When comparing strings "99" is greater than "103". To handle
+	// cases like this we need to detect numbers and compare them. According
+	// to the semver spec, numbers are always positive. If there is a - at the
+	// start like -99 this is to be evaluated as an alphanum. numbers always
+	// have precedence over alphanum. Parsing as Uints because negative numbers
+	// are ignored.
+
+	oi, n1 := strconv.ParseUint(o, 10, 64)
+	si, n2 := strconv.ParseUint(s, 10, 64)
+
+	// The case where both are strings compare the strings
+	if n1 != nil && n2 != nil {
+		if s > o {
+			return 1
+		}
+		return -1
+	} else if n1 != nil {
+		// o is a string and s is a number
+		return -1
+	} else if n2 != nil {
+		// s is a string and o is a number
+		return 1
+	}
+	// Both are numbers
+	if si > oi {
+		return 1
+	}
+	return -1
+
+}

vendor/github.com/Masterminds/semver/version_fuzz.go

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+// +build gofuzz
+
+package semver
+
+func Fuzz(data []byte) int {
+	if _, err := NewVersion(string(data)); err != nil {
+		return 0
+	}
+	return 1
+}

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/.gitattributes

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+* text=auto eol=lf

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+.vscode/
+
+*.exe
+
+# testing
+testdata
+
+# go workspaces
+go.work
+go.work.sum

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/.golangci.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+run:
+  skip-dirs:
+    - pkg/etw/sample
+
+linters:
+  enable:
+    # style
+    - containedctx # struct contains a context
+    - dupl # duplicate code
+    - errname # erorrs are named correctly
+    - goconst # strings that should be constants
+    - godot # comments end in a period
+    - misspell
+    - nolintlint # "//nolint" directives are properly explained
+    - revive # golint replacement
+    - stylecheck # golint replacement, less configurable than revive
+    - unconvert # unnecessary conversions
+    - wastedassign
+
+    # bugs, performance, unused, etc ...
+    - contextcheck # function uses a non-inherited context
+    - errorlint # errors not wrapped for 1.13
+    - exhaustive # check exhaustiveness of enum switch statements
+    - gofmt # files are gofmt'ed
+    - gosec # security
+    - nestif # deeply nested ifs
+    - nilerr # returns nil even with non-nil error
+    - prealloc # slices that can be pre-allocated
+    - structcheck # unused struct fields
+    - unparam # unused function params
+
+issues:
+  exclude-rules:
+    # err is very often shadowed in nested scopes
+    - linters:
+        - govet
+      text: '^shadow: declaration of "err" shadows declaration'
+
+    # ignore long lines for skip autogen directives
+    - linters:
+        - revive
+      text: "^line-length-limit: "
+      source: "^//(go:generate|sys) "
+
+    # allow unjustified ignores of error checks in defer statements
+    - linters:
+        - nolintlint
+      text: "^directive `//nolint:errcheck` should provide explanation"
+      source: '^\s*defer '
+
+    # allow unjustified ignores of error lints for io.EOF
+    - linters:
+        - nolintlint
+      text: "^directive `//nolint:errorlint` should provide explanation"
+      source: '[=|!]= io.EOF'
+
+
+linters-settings:
+  govet:
+    enable-all: true
+    disable:
+      # struct order is often for Win32 compat
+      # also, ignore pointer bytes/GC issues for now until performance becomes an issue
+      - fieldalignment
+    check-shadowing: true
+  nolintlint:
+    allow-leading-space: false
+    require-explanation: true
+    require-specific: true
+  revive:
+    # revive is more configurable than static check, so likely the preferred alternative to static-check
+    # (once the perf issue is solved: https://github.com/golangci/golangci-lint/issues/2997)
+    enable-all-rules:
+      true
+      # https://github.com/mgechev/revive/blob/master/RULES_DESCRIPTIONS.md
+    rules:
+      # rules with required arguments
+      - name: argument-limit
+        disabled: true
+      - name: banned-characters
+        disabled: true
+      - name: cognitive-complexity
+        disabled: true
+      - name: cyclomatic
+        disabled: true
+      - name: file-header
+        disabled: true
+      - name: function-length
+        disabled: true
+      - name: function-result-limit
+        disabled: true
+      - name: max-public-structs
+        disabled: true
+      # geneally annoying rules
+      - name: add-constant # complains about any and all strings and integers
+        disabled: true
+      - name: confusing-naming # we frequently use "Foo()" and "foo()" together
+        disabled: true
+      - name: flag-parameter # excessive, and a common idiom we use
+        disabled: true
+      # general config
+      - name: line-length-limit
+        arguments:
+          - 140
+      - name: var-naming
+        arguments:
+          - []
+          - - CID
+            - CRI
+            - CTRD
+            - DACL
+            - DLL
+            - DOS
+            - ETW
+            - FSCTL
+            - GCS
+            - GMSA
+            - HCS
+            - HV
+            - IO
+            - LCOW
+            - LDAP
+            - LPAC
+            - LTSC
+            - MMIO
+            - NT
+            - OCI
+            - PMEM
+            - PWSH
+            - RX
+            - SACl
+            - SID
+            - SMB
+            - TX
+            - VHD
+            - VHDX
+            - VMID
+            - VPCI
+            - WCOW
+            - WIM
+  stylecheck:
+    checks:
+      - "all"
+      - "-ST1003" # use revive's var naming

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/CODEOWNERS

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+  * @microsoft/containerplat

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2015 Microsoft
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# go-winio [![Build Status](https://github.com/microsoft/go-winio/actions/workflows/ci.yml/badge.svg)](https://github.com/microsoft/go-winio/actions/workflows/ci.yml)
+
+This repository contains utilities for efficiently performing Win32 IO operations in
+Go. Currently, this is focused on accessing named pipes and other file handles, and
+for using named pipes as a net transport.
+
+This code relies on IO completion ports to avoid blocking IO on system threads, allowing Go
+to reuse the thread to schedule another goroutine. This limits support to Windows Vista and
+newer operating systems. This is similar to the implementation of network sockets in Go's net
+package.
+
+Please see the LICENSE file for licensing information.
+
+## Contributing
+
+This project welcomes contributions and suggestions.
+Most contributions require you to agree to a Contributor License Agreement (CLA) declaring that
+you have the right to, and actually do, grant us the rights to use your contribution.
+For details, visit [Microsoft CLA](https://cla.microsoft.com).
+
+When you submit a pull request, a CLA-bot will automatically determine whether you need to
+provide a CLA and decorate the PR appropriately (e.g., label, comment).
+Simply follow the instructions provided by the bot.
+You will only need to do this once across all repos using our CLA.
+
+Additionally, the pull request pipeline requires the following steps to be performed before
+mergining.
+
+### Code Sign-Off
+
+We require that contributors sign their commits using [`git commit --signoff`][git-commit-s]
+to certify they either authored the work themselves or otherwise have permission to use it in this project.
+
+A range of commits can be signed off using [`git rebase --signoff`][git-rebase-s].
+
+Please see [the developer certificate](https://developercertificate.org) for more info,
+as well as to make sure that you can attest to the rules listed.
+Our CI uses the DCO Github app to ensure that all commits in a given PR are signed-off.
+
+### Linting
+
+Code must pass a linting stage, which uses [`golangci-lint`][lint].
+The linting settings are stored in [`.golangci.yaml`](./.golangci.yaml), and can be run
+automatically with VSCode by adding the following to your workspace or folder settings:
+
+```json
+    "go.lintTool": "golangci-lint",
+    "go.lintOnSave": "package",
+```
+
+Additional editor [integrations options are also available][lint-ide].
+
+Alternatively, `golangci-lint` can be [installed locally][lint-install] and run from the repo root:
+
+```shell
+# use . or specify a path to only lint a package
+# to show all lint errors, use flags "--max-issues-per-linter=0 --max-same-issues=0"
+> golangci-lint run ./...
+```
+
+### Go Generate
+
+The pipeline checks that auto-generated code, via `go generate`, are up to date.
+
+This can be done for the entire repo:
+
+```shell
+> go generate ./...
+```
+
+## Code of Conduct
+
+This project has adopted the [Microsoft Open Source Code of Conduct](https://opensource.microsoft.com/codeofconduct/).
+For more information see the [Code of Conduct FAQ](https://opensource.microsoft.com/codeofconduct/faq/) or
+contact [opencode@microsoft.com](mailto:opencode@microsoft.com) with any additional questions or comments.
+
+## Special Thanks
+
+Thanks to [natefinch][natefinch] for the inspiration for this library.
+See [npipe](https://github.com/natefinch/npipe) for another named pipe implementation.
+
+[lint]: https://golangci-lint.run/
+[lint-ide]: https://golangci-lint.run/usage/integrations/#editor-integration
+[lint-install]: https://golangci-lint.run/usage/install/#local-installation
+
+[git-commit-s]: https://git-scm.com/docs/git-commit#Documentation/git-commit.txt--s
+[git-rebase-s]: https://git-scm.com/docs/git-rebase#Documentation/git-rebase.txt---signoff
+
+[natefinch]: https://github.com/natefinch

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/SECURITY.md

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<!-- BEGIN MICROSOFT SECURITY.MD V0.0.7 BLOCK -->
+
+## Security
+
+Microsoft takes the security of our software products and services seriously, which includes all source code repositories managed through our GitHub organizations, which include [Microsoft](https://github.com/Microsoft), [Azure](https://github.com/Azure), [DotNet](https://github.com/dotnet), [AspNet](https://github.com/aspnet), [Xamarin](https://github.com/xamarin), and [our GitHub organizations](https://opensource.microsoft.com/).
+
+If you believe you have found a security vulnerability in any Microsoft-owned repository that meets [Microsoft's definition of a security vulnerability](https://aka.ms/opensource/security/definition), please report it to us as described below.
+
+## Reporting Security Issues
+
+**Please do not report security vulnerabilities through public GitHub issues.**
+
+Instead, please report them to the Microsoft Security Response Center (MSRC) at [https://msrc.microsoft.com/create-report](https://aka.ms/opensource/security/create-report).
+
+If you prefer to submit without logging in, send email to [secure@microsoft.com](mailto:secure@microsoft.com).  If possible, encrypt your message with our PGP key; please download it from the [Microsoft Security Response Center PGP Key page](https://aka.ms/opensource/security/pgpkey).
+
+You should receive a response within 24 hours. If for some reason you do not, please follow up via email to ensure we received your original message. Additional information can be found at [microsoft.com/msrc](https://aka.ms/opensource/security/msrc). 
+
+Please include the requested information listed below (as much as you can provide) to help us better understand the nature and scope of the possible issue:
+
+  * Type of issue (e.g. buffer overflow, SQL injection, cross-site scripting, etc.)
+  * Full paths of source file(s) related to the manifestation of the issue
+  * The location of the affected source code (tag/branch/commit or direct URL)
+  * Any special configuration required to reproduce the issue
+  * Step-by-step instructions to reproduce the issue
+  * Proof-of-concept or exploit code (if possible)
+  * Impact of the issue, including how an attacker might exploit the issue
+
+This information will help us triage your report more quickly.
+
+If you are reporting for a bug bounty, more complete reports can contribute to a higher bounty award. Please visit our [Microsoft Bug Bounty Program](https://aka.ms/opensource/security/bounty) page for more details about our active programs.
+
+## Preferred Languages
+
+We prefer all communications to be in English.
+
+## Policy
+
+Microsoft follows the principle of [Coordinated Vulnerability Disclosure](https://aka.ms/opensource/security/cvd).
+
+<!-- END MICROSOFT SECURITY.MD BLOCK -->

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/backup.go

@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+//go:build windows
+// +build windows
+
+package winio
+
+import (
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"os"
+	"runtime"
+	"syscall"
+	"unicode/utf16"
+
+	"golang.org/x/sys/windows"
+)
+
+//sys backupRead(h syscall.Handle, b []byte, bytesRead *uint32, abort bool, processSecurity bool, context *uintptr) (err error) = BackupRead
+//sys backupWrite(h syscall.Handle, b []byte, bytesWritten *uint32, abort bool, processSecurity bool, context *uintptr) (err error) = BackupWrite
+
+const (
+	BackupData = uint32(iota + 1)
+	BackupEaData
+	BackupSecurity
+	BackupAlternateData
+	BackupLink
+	BackupPropertyData
+	BackupObjectId //revive:disable-line:var-naming ID, not Id
+	BackupReparseData
+	BackupSparseBlock
+	BackupTxfsData
+)
+
+const (
+	StreamSparseAttributes = uint32(8)
+)
+
+//nolint:revive // var-naming: ALL_CAPS
+const (
+	WRITE_DAC              = windows.WRITE_DAC
+	WRITE_OWNER            = windows.WRITE_OWNER
+	ACCESS_SYSTEM_SECURITY = windows.ACCESS_SYSTEM_SECURITY
+)
+
+// BackupHeader represents a backup stream of a file.
+type BackupHeader struct {
+	//revive:disable-next-line:var-naming ID, not Id
+	Id         uint32 // The backup stream ID
+	Attributes uint32 // Stream attributes
+	Size       int64  // The size of the stream in bytes
+	Name       string // The name of the stream (for BackupAlternateData only).
+	Offset     int64  // The offset of the stream in the file (for BackupSparseBlock only).
+}
+
+type win32StreamID struct {
+	StreamID   uint32
+	Attributes uint32
+	Size       uint64
+	NameSize   uint32
+}
+
+// BackupStreamReader reads from a stream produced by the BackupRead Win32 API and produces a series
+// of BackupHeader values.
+type BackupStreamReader struct {
+	r         io.Reader
+	bytesLeft int64
+}
+
+// NewBackupStreamReader produces a BackupStreamReader from any io.Reader.
+func NewBackupStreamReader(r io.Reader) *BackupStreamReader {
+	return &BackupStreamReader{r, 0}
+}
+
+// Next returns the next backup stream and prepares for calls to Read(). It skips the remainder of the current stream if
+// it was not completely read.
+func (r *BackupStreamReader) Next() (*BackupHeader, error) {
+	if r.bytesLeft > 0 { //nolint:nestif // todo: flatten this
+		if s, ok := r.r.(io.Seeker); ok {
+			// Make sure Seek on io.SeekCurrent sometimes succeeds
+			// before trying the actual seek.
+			if _, err := s.Seek(0, io.SeekCurrent); err == nil {
+				if _, err = s.Seek(r.bytesLeft, io.SeekCurrent); err != nil {
+					return nil, err
+				}
+				r.bytesLeft = 0
+			}
+		}
+		if _, err := io.Copy(io.Discard, r); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	var wsi win32StreamID
+	if err := binary.Read(r.r, binary.LittleEndian, &wsi); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	hdr := &BackupHeader{
+		Id:         wsi.StreamID,
+		Attributes: wsi.Attributes,
+		Size:       int64(wsi.Size),
+	}
+	if wsi.NameSize != 0 {
+		name := make([]uint16, int(wsi.NameSize/2))
+		if err := binary.Read(r.r, binary.LittleEndian, name); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		hdr.Name = syscall.UTF16ToString(name)
+	}
+	if wsi.StreamID == BackupSparseBlock {
+		if err := binary.Read(r.r, binary.LittleEndian, &hdr.Offset); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		hdr.Size -= 8
+	}
+	r.bytesLeft = hdr.Size
+	return hdr, nil
+}
+
+// Read reads from the current backup stream.
+func (r *BackupStreamReader) Read(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	if r.bytesLeft == 0 {
+		return 0, io.EOF
+	}
+	if int64(len(b)) > r.bytesLeft {
+		b = b[:r.bytesLeft]
+	}
+	n, err := r.r.Read(b)
+	r.bytesLeft -= int64(n)
+	if err == io.EOF {
+		err = io.ErrUnexpectedEOF
+	} else if r.bytesLeft == 0 && err == nil {
+		err = io.EOF
+	}
+	return n, err
+}
+
+// BackupStreamWriter writes a stream compatible with the BackupWrite Win32 API.
+type BackupStreamWriter struct {
+	w         io.Writer
+	bytesLeft int64
+}
+
+// NewBackupStreamWriter produces a BackupStreamWriter on top of an io.Writer.
+func NewBackupStreamWriter(w io.Writer) *BackupStreamWriter {
+	return &BackupStreamWriter{w, 0}
+}
+
+// WriteHeader writes the next backup stream header and prepares for calls to Write().
+func (w *BackupStreamWriter) WriteHeader(hdr *BackupHeader) error {
+	if w.bytesLeft != 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("missing %d bytes", w.bytesLeft)
+	}
+	name := utf16.Encode([]rune(hdr.Name))
+	wsi := win32StreamID{
+		StreamID:   hdr.Id,
+		Attributes: hdr.Attributes,
+		Size:       uint64(hdr.Size),
+		NameSize:   uint32(len(name) * 2),
+	}
+	if hdr.Id == BackupSparseBlock {
+		// Include space for the int64 block offset
+		wsi.Size += 8
+	}
+	if err := binary.Write(w.w, binary.LittleEndian, &wsi); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if len(name) != 0 {
+		if err := binary.Write(w.w, binary.LittleEndian, name); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	if hdr.Id == BackupSparseBlock {
+		if err := binary.Write(w.w, binary.LittleEndian, hdr.Offset); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	w.bytesLeft = hdr.Size
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Write writes to the current backup stream.
+func (w *BackupStreamWriter) Write(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	if w.bytesLeft < int64(len(b)) {
+		return 0, fmt.Errorf("too many bytes by %d", int64(len(b))-w.bytesLeft)
+	}
+	n, err := w.w.Write(b)
+	w.bytesLeft -= int64(n)
+	return n, err
+}
+
+// BackupFileReader provides an io.ReadCloser interface on top of the BackupRead Win32 API.
+type BackupFileReader struct {
+	f               *os.File
+	includeSecurity bool
+	ctx             uintptr
+}
+
+// NewBackupFileReader returns a new BackupFileReader from a file handle. If includeSecurity is true,
+// Read will attempt to read the security descriptor of the file.
+func NewBackupFileReader(f *os.File, includeSecurity bool) *BackupFileReader {
+	r := &BackupFileReader{f, includeSecurity, 0}
+	return r
+}
+
+// Read reads a backup stream from the file by calling the Win32 API BackupRead().
+func (r *BackupFileReader) Read(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	var bytesRead uint32
+	err := backupRead(syscall.Handle(r.f.Fd()), b, &bytesRead, false, r.includeSecurity, &r.ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, &os.PathError{Op: "BackupRead", Path: r.f.Name(), Err: err}
+	}
+	runtime.KeepAlive(r.f)
+	if bytesRead == 0 {
+		return 0, io.EOF
+	}
+	return int(bytesRead), nil
+}
+
+// Close frees Win32 resources associated with the BackupFileReader. It does not close
+// the underlying file.
+func (r *BackupFileReader) Close() error {
+	if r.ctx != 0 {
+		_ = backupRead(syscall.Handle(r.f.Fd()), nil, nil, true, false, &r.ctx)
+		runtime.KeepAlive(r.f)
+		r.ctx = 0
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// BackupFileWriter provides an io.WriteCloser interface on top of the BackupWrite Win32 API.
+type BackupFileWriter struct {
+	f               *os.File
+	includeSecurity bool
+	ctx             uintptr
+}
+
+// NewBackupFileWriter returns a new BackupFileWriter from a file handle. If includeSecurity is true,
+// Write() will attempt to restore the security descriptor from the stream.
+func NewBackupFileWriter(f *os.File, includeSecurity bool) *BackupFileWriter {
+	w := &BackupFileWriter{f, includeSecurity, 0}
+	return w
+}
+
+// Write restores a portion of the file using the provided backup stream.
+func (w *BackupFileWriter) Write(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	var bytesWritten uint32
+	err := backupWrite(syscall.Handle(w.f.Fd()), b, &bytesWritten, false, w.includeSecurity, &w.ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, &os.PathError{Op: "BackupWrite", Path: w.f.Name(), Err: err}
+	}
+	runtime.KeepAlive(w.f)
+	if int(bytesWritten) != len(b) {
+		return int(bytesWritten), errors.New("not all bytes could be written")
+	}
+	return len(b), nil
+}
+
+// Close frees Win32 resources associated with the BackupFileWriter. It does not
+// close the underlying file.
+func (w *BackupFileWriter) Close() error {
+	if w.ctx != 0 {
+		_ = backupWrite(syscall.Handle(w.f.Fd()), nil, nil, true, false, &w.ctx)
+		runtime.KeepAlive(w.f)
+		w.ctx = 0
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// OpenForBackup opens a file or directory, potentially skipping access checks if the backup
+// or restore privileges have been acquired.
+//
+// If the file opened was a directory, it cannot be used with Readdir().
+func OpenForBackup(path string, access uint32, share uint32, createmode uint32) (*os.File, error) {
+	winPath, err := syscall.UTF16FromString(path)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	h, err := syscall.CreateFile(&winPath[0],
+		access,
+		share,
+		nil,
+		createmode,
+		syscall.FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS|syscall.FILE_FLAG_OPEN_REPARSE_POINT,
+		0)
+	if err != nil {
+		err = &os.PathError{Op: "open", Path: path, Err: err}
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return os.NewFile(uintptr(h), path), nil
+}

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+// This package provides utilities for efficiently performing Win32 IO operations in Go.
+// Currently, this package is provides support for genreal IO and management of
+//   - named pipes
+//   - files
+//   - [Hyper-V sockets]
+//
+// This code is similar to Go's [net] package, and uses IO completion ports to avoid
+// blocking IO on system threads, allowing Go to reuse the thread to schedule other goroutines.
+//
+// This limits support to Windows Vista and newer operating systems.
+//
+// Additionally, this package provides support for:
+//   - creating and managing GUIDs
+//   - writing to [ETW]
+//   - opening and manageing VHDs
+//   - parsing [Windows Image files]
+//   - auto-generating Win32 API code
+//
+// [Hyper-V sockets]: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/virtualization/hyper-v-on-windows/user-guide/make-integration-service
+// [ETW]: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/drivers/devtest/event-tracing-for-windows--etw-
+// [Windows Image files]: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/work-with-windows-images
+package winio

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/ea.go

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+package winio
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/binary"
+	"errors"
+)
+
+type fileFullEaInformation struct {
+	NextEntryOffset uint32
+	Flags           uint8
+	NameLength      uint8
+	ValueLength     uint16
+}
+
+var (
+	fileFullEaInformationSize = binary.Size(&fileFullEaInformation{})
+
+	errInvalidEaBuffer = errors.New("invalid extended attribute buffer")
+	errEaNameTooLarge  = errors.New("extended attribute name too large")
+	errEaValueTooLarge = errors.New("extended attribute value too large")
+)
+
+// ExtendedAttribute represents a single Windows EA.
+type ExtendedAttribute struct {
+	Name  string
+	Value []byte
+	Flags uint8
+}
+
+func parseEa(b []byte) (ea ExtendedAttribute, nb []byte, err error) {
+	var info fileFullEaInformation
+	err = binary.Read(bytes.NewReader(b), binary.LittleEndian, &info)
+	if err != nil {
+		err = errInvalidEaBuffer
+		return ea, nb, err
+	}
+
+	nameOffset := fileFullEaInformationSize
+	nameLen := int(info.NameLength)
+	valueOffset := nameOffset + int(info.NameLength) + 1
+	valueLen := int(info.ValueLength)
+	nextOffset := int(info.NextEntryOffset)
+	if valueLen+valueOffset > len(b) || nextOffset < 0 || nextOffset > len(b) {
+		err = errInvalidEaBuffer
+		return ea, nb, err
+	}
+
+	ea.Name = string(b[nameOffset : nameOffset+nameLen])
+	ea.Value = b[valueOffset : valueOffset+valueLen]
+	ea.Flags = info.Flags
+	if info.NextEntryOffset != 0 {
+		nb = b[info.NextEntryOffset:]
+	}
+	return ea, nb, err
+}
+
+// DecodeExtendedAttributes decodes a list of EAs from a FILE_FULL_EA_INFORMATION
+// buffer retrieved from BackupRead, ZwQueryEaFile, etc.
+func DecodeExtendedAttributes(b []byte) (eas []ExtendedAttribute, err error) {
+	for len(b) != 0 {
+		ea, nb, err := parseEa(b)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		eas = append(eas, ea)
+		b = nb
+	}
+	return eas, err
+}
+
+func writeEa(buf *bytes.Buffer, ea *ExtendedAttribute, last bool) error {
+	if int(uint8(len(ea.Name))) != len(ea.Name) {
+		return errEaNameTooLarge
+	}
+	if int(uint16(len(ea.Value))) != len(ea.Value) {
+		return errEaValueTooLarge
+	}
+	entrySize := uint32(fileFullEaInformationSize + len(ea.Name) + 1 + len(ea.Value))
+	withPadding := (entrySize + 3) &^ 3
+	nextOffset := uint32(0)
+	if !last {
+		nextOffset = withPadding
+	}
+	info := fileFullEaInformation{
+		NextEntryOffset: nextOffset,
+		Flags:           ea.Flags,
+		NameLength:      uint8(len(ea.Name)),
+		ValueLength:     uint16(len(ea.Value)),
+	}
+
+	err := binary.Write(buf, binary.LittleEndian, &info)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	_, err = buf.Write([]byte(ea.Name))
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	err = buf.WriteByte(0)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	_, err = buf.Write(ea.Value)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	_, err = buf.Write([]byte{0, 0, 0}[0 : withPadding-entrySize])
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EncodeExtendedAttributes encodes a list of EAs into a FILE_FULL_EA_INFORMATION
+// buffer for use with BackupWrite, ZwSetEaFile, etc.
+func EncodeExtendedAttributes(eas []ExtendedAttribute) ([]byte, error) {
+	var buf bytes.Buffer
+	for i := range eas {
+		last := false
+		if i == len(eas)-1 {
+			last = true
+		}
+
+		err := writeEa(&buf, &eas[i], last)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	return buf.Bytes(), nil
+}

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/file.go

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+//go:build windows
+// +build windows
+
+package winio
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"io"
+	"runtime"
+	"sync"
+	"sync/atomic"
+	"syscall"
+	"time"
+
+	"golang.org/x/sys/windows"
+)
+
+//sys cancelIoEx(file syscall.Handle, o *syscall.Overlapped) (err error) = CancelIoEx
+//sys createIoCompletionPort(file syscall.Handle, port syscall.Handle, key uintptr, threadCount uint32) (newport syscall.Handle, err error) = CreateIoCompletionPort
+//sys getQueuedCompletionStatus(port syscall.Handle, bytes *uint32, key *uintptr, o **ioOperation, timeout uint32) (err error) = GetQueuedCompletionStatus
+//sys setFileCompletionNotificationModes(h syscall.Handle, flags uint8) (err error) = SetFileCompletionNotificationModes
+//sys wsaGetOverlappedResult(h syscall.Handle, o *syscall.Overlapped, bytes *uint32, wait bool, flags *uint32) (err error) = ws2_32.WSAGetOverlappedResult
+
+type atomicBool int32
+
+func (b *atomicBool) isSet() bool { return atomic.LoadInt32((*int32)(b)) != 0 }
+func (b *atomicBool) setFalse()   { atomic.StoreInt32((*int32)(b), 0) }
+func (b *atomicBool) setTrue()    { atomic.StoreInt32((*int32)(b), 1) }
+
+//revive:disable-next-line:predeclared Keep "new" to maintain consistency with "atomic" pkg
+func (b *atomicBool) swap(new bool) bool {
+	var newInt int32
+	if new {
+		newInt = 1
+	}
+	return atomic.SwapInt32((*int32)(b), newInt) == 1
+}
+
+var (
+	ErrFileClosed = errors.New("file has already been closed")
+	ErrTimeout    = &timeoutError{}
+)
+
+type timeoutError struct{}
+
+func (*timeoutError) Error() string   { return "i/o timeout" }
+func (*timeoutError) Timeout() bool   { return true }
+func (*timeoutError) Temporary() bool { return true }
+
+type timeoutChan chan struct{}
+
+var ioInitOnce sync.Once
+var ioCompletionPort syscall.Handle
+
+// ioResult contains the result of an asynchronous IO operation.
+type ioResult struct {
+	bytes uint32
+	err   error
+}
+
+// ioOperation represents an outstanding asynchronous Win32 IO.
+type ioOperation struct {
+	o  syscall.Overlapped
+	ch chan ioResult
+}
+
+func initIO() {
+	h, err := createIoCompletionPort(syscall.InvalidHandle, 0, 0, 0xffffffff)
+	if err != nil {
+		panic(err)
+	}
+	ioCompletionPort = h
+	go ioCompletionProcessor(h)
+}
+
+// win32File implements Reader, Writer, and Closer on a Win32 handle without blocking in a syscall.
+// It takes ownership of this handle and will close it if it is garbage collected.
+type win32File struct {
+	handle        syscall.Handle
+	wg            sync.WaitGroup
+	wgLock        sync.RWMutex
+	closing       atomicBool
+	socket        bool
+	readDeadline  deadlineHandler
+	writeDeadline deadlineHandler
+}
+
+type deadlineHandler struct {
+	setLock     sync.Mutex
+	channel     timeoutChan
+	channelLock sync.RWMutex
+	timer       *time.Timer
+	timedout    atomicBool
+}
+
+// makeWin32File makes a new win32File from an existing file handle.
+func makeWin32File(h syscall.Handle) (*win32File, error) {
+	f := &win32File{handle: h}
+	ioInitOnce.Do(initIO)
+	_, err := createIoCompletionPort(h, ioCompletionPort, 0, 0xffffffff)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	err = setFileCompletionNotificationModes(h, windows.FILE_SKIP_COMPLETION_PORT_ON_SUCCESS|windows.FILE_SKIP_SET_EVENT_ON_HANDLE)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	f.readDeadline.channel = make(timeoutChan)
+	f.writeDeadline.channel = make(timeoutChan)
+	return f, nil
+}
+
+func MakeOpenFile(h syscall.Handle) (io.ReadWriteCloser, error) {
+	// If we return the result of makeWin32File directly, it can result in an
+	// interface-wrapped nil, rather than a nil interface value.
+	f, err := makeWin32File(h)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return f, nil
+}
+
+// closeHandle closes the resources associated with a Win32 handle.
+func (f *win32File) closeHandle() {
+	f.wgLock.Lock()
+	// Atomically set that we are closing, releasing the resources only once.
+	if !f.closing.swap(true) {
+		f.wgLock.Unlock()
+		// cancel all IO and wait for it to complete
+		_ = cancelIoEx(f.handle, nil)
+		f.wg.Wait()
+		// at this point, no new IO can start
+		syscall.Close(f.handle)
+		f.handle = 0
+	} else {
+		f.wgLock.Unlock()
+	}
+}
+
+// Close closes a win32File.
+func (f *win32File) Close() error {
+	f.closeHandle()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// IsClosed checks if the file has been closed.
+func (f *win32File) IsClosed() bool {
+	return f.closing.isSet()
+}
+
+// prepareIO prepares for a new IO operation.
+// The caller must call f.wg.Done() when the IO is finished, prior to Close() returning.
+func (f *win32File) prepareIO() (*ioOperation, error) {
+	f.wgLock.RLock()
+	if f.closing.isSet() {
+		f.wgLock.RUnlock()
+		return nil, ErrFileClosed
+	}
+	f.wg.Add(1)
+	f.wgLock.RUnlock()
+	c := &ioOperation{}
+	c.ch = make(chan ioResult)
+	return c, nil
+}
+
+// ioCompletionProcessor processes completed async IOs forever.
+func ioCompletionProcessor(h syscall.Handle) {
+	for {
+		var bytes uint32
+		var key uintptr
+		var op *ioOperation
+		err := getQueuedCompletionStatus(h, &bytes, &key, &op, syscall.INFINITE)
+		if op == nil {
+			panic(err)
+		}
+		op.ch <- ioResult{bytes, err}
+	}
+}
+
+// todo: helsaawy - create an asyncIO version that takes a context
+
+// asyncIO processes the return value from ReadFile or WriteFile, blocking until
+// the operation has actually completed.
+func (f *win32File) asyncIO(c *ioOperation, d *deadlineHandler, bytes uint32, err error) (int, error) {
+	if err != syscall.ERROR_IO_PENDING { //nolint:errorlint // err is Errno
+		return int(bytes), err
+	}
+
+	if f.closing.isSet() {
+		_ = cancelIoEx(f.handle, &c.o)
+	}
+
+	var timeout timeoutChan
+	if d != nil {
+		d.channelLock.Lock()
+		timeout = d.channel
+		d.channelLock.Unlock()
+	}
+
+	var r ioResult
+	select {
+	case r = <-c.ch:
+		err = r.err
+		if err == syscall.ERROR_OPERATION_ABORTED { //nolint:errorlint // err is Errno
+			if f.closing.isSet() {
+				err = ErrFileClosed
+			}
+		} else if err != nil && f.socket {
+			// err is from Win32. Query the overlapped structure to get the winsock error.
+			var bytes, flags uint32
+			err = wsaGetOverlappedResult(f.handle, &c.o, &bytes, false, &flags)
+		}
+	case <-timeout:
+		_ = cancelIoEx(f.handle, &c.o)
+		r = <-c.ch
+		err = r.err
+		if err == syscall.ERROR_OPERATION_ABORTED { //nolint:errorlint // err is Errno
+			err = ErrTimeout
+		}
+	}
+
+	// runtime.KeepAlive is needed, as c is passed via native
+	// code to ioCompletionProcessor, c must remain alive
+	// until the channel read is complete.
+	// todo: (de)allocate *ioOperation via win32 heap functions, instead of needing to KeepAlive?
+	runtime.KeepAlive(c)
+	return int(r.bytes), err
+}
+
+// Read reads from a file handle.
+func (f *win32File) Read(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	c, err := f.prepareIO()
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, err
+	}
+	defer f.wg.Done()
+
+	if f.readDeadline.timedout.isSet() {
+		return 0, ErrTimeout
+	}
+
+	var bytes uint32
+	err = syscall.ReadFile(f.handle, b, &bytes, &c.o)
+	n, err := f.asyncIO(c, &f.readDeadline, bytes, err)
+	runtime.KeepAlive(b)
+
+	// Handle EOF conditions.
+	if err == nil && n == 0 && len(b) != 0 {
+		return 0, io.EOF
+	} else if err == syscall.ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE { //nolint:errorlint // err is Errno
+		return 0, io.EOF
+	} else {
+		return n, err
+	}
+}
+
+// Write writes to a file handle.
+func (f *win32File) Write(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	c, err := f.prepareIO()
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, err
+	}
+	defer f.wg.Done()
+
+	if f.writeDeadline.timedout.isSet() {
+		return 0, ErrTimeout
+	}
+
+	var bytes uint32
+	err = syscall.WriteFile(f.handle, b, &bytes, &c.o)
+	n, err := f.asyncIO(c, &f.writeDeadline, bytes, err)
+	runtime.KeepAlive(b)
+	return n, err
+}
+
+func (f *win32File) SetReadDeadline(deadline time.Time) error {
+	return f.readDeadline.set(deadline)
+}
+
+func (f *win32File) SetWriteDeadline(deadline time.Time) error {
+	return f.writeDeadline.set(deadline)
+}
+
+func (f *win32File) Flush() error {
+	return syscall.FlushFileBuffers(f.handle)
+}
+
+func (f *win32File) Fd() uintptr {
+	return uintptr(f.handle)
+}
+
+func (d *deadlineHandler) set(deadline time.Time) error {
+	d.setLock.Lock()
+	defer d.setLock.Unlock()
+
+	if d.timer != nil {
+		if !d.timer.Stop() {
+			<-d.channel
+		}
+		d.timer = nil
+	}
+	d.timedout.setFalse()
+
+	select {
+	case <-d.channel:
+		d.channelLock.Lock()
+		d.channel = make(chan struct{})
+		d.channelLock.Unlock()
+	default:
+	}
+
+	if deadline.IsZero() {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	timeoutIO := func() {
+		d.timedout.setTrue()
+		close(d.channel)
+	}
+
+	now := time.Now()
+	duration := deadline.Sub(now)
+	if deadline.After(now) {
+		// Deadline is in the future, set a timer to wait
+		d.timer = time.AfterFunc(duration, timeoutIO)
+	} else {
+		// Deadline is in the past. Cancel all pending IO now.
+		timeoutIO()
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/fileinfo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+//go:build windows
+// +build windows
+
+package winio
+
+import (
+	"os"
+	"runtime"
+	"unsafe"
+
+	"golang.org/x/sys/windows"
+)
+
+// FileBasicInfo contains file access time and file attributes information.
+type FileBasicInfo struct {
+	CreationTime, LastAccessTime, LastWriteTime, ChangeTime windows.Filetime
+	FileAttributes                                          uint32
+	_                                                       uint32 // padding
+}
+
+// GetFileBasicInfo retrieves times and attributes for a file.
+func GetFileBasicInfo(f *os.File) (*FileBasicInfo, error) {
+	bi := &FileBasicInfo{}
+	if err := windows.GetFileInformationByHandleEx(
+		windows.Handle(f.Fd()),
+		windows.FileBasicInfo,
+		(*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(bi)),
+		uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*bi)),
+	); err != nil {
+		return nil, &os.PathError{Op: "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", Path: f.Name(), Err: err}
+	}
+	runtime.KeepAlive(f)
+	return bi, nil
+}
+
+// SetFileBasicInfo sets times and attributes for a file.
+func SetFileBasicInfo(f *os.File, bi *FileBasicInfo) error {
+	if err := windows.SetFileInformationByHandle(
+		windows.Handle(f.Fd()),
+		windows.FileBasicInfo,
+		(*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(bi)),
+		uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*bi)),
+	); err != nil {
+		return &os.PathError{Op: "SetFileInformationByHandle", Path: f.Name(), Err: err}
+	}
+	runtime.KeepAlive(f)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// FileStandardInfo contains extended information for the file.
+// FILE_STANDARD_INFO in WinBase.h
+// https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/winbase/ns-winbase-file_standard_info
+type FileStandardInfo struct {
+	AllocationSize, EndOfFile int64
+	NumberOfLinks             uint32
+	DeletePending, Directory  bool
+}
+
+// GetFileStandardInfo retrieves ended information for the file.
+func GetFileStandardInfo(f *os.File) (*FileStandardInfo, error) {
+	si := &FileStandardInfo{}
+	if err := windows.GetFileInformationByHandleEx(windows.Handle(f.Fd()),
+		windows.FileStandardInfo,
+		(*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(si)),
+		uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*si))); err != nil {
+		return nil, &os.PathError{Op: "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", Path: f.Name(), Err: err}
+	}
+	runtime.KeepAlive(f)
+	return si, nil
+}
+
+// FileIDInfo contains the volume serial number and file ID for a file. This pair should be
+// unique on a system.
+type FileIDInfo struct {
+	VolumeSerialNumber uint64
+	FileID             [16]byte
+}
+
+// GetFileID retrieves the unique (volume, file ID) pair for a file.
+func GetFileID(f *os.File) (*FileIDInfo, error) {
+	fileID := &FileIDInfo{}
+	if err := windows.GetFileInformationByHandleEx(
+		windows.Handle(f.Fd()),
+		windows.FileIdInfo,
+		(*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(fileID)),
+		uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(*fileID)),
+	); err != nil {
+		return nil, &os.PathError{Op: "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", Path: f.Name(), Err: err}
+	}
+	runtime.KeepAlive(f)
+	return fileID, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/hvsock.go

@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
+//go:build windows
+// +build windows
+
+package winio
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net"
+	"os"
+	"syscall"
+	"time"
+	"unsafe"
+
+	"golang.org/x/sys/windows"
+
+	"github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/internal/socket"
+	"github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/pkg/guid"
+)
+
+const afHVSock = 34 // AF_HYPERV
+
+// Well known Service and VM IDs
+//https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/virtualization/hyper-v-on-windows/user-guide/make-integration-service#vmid-wildcards
+
+// HvsockGUIDWildcard is the wildcard VmId for accepting connections from all partitions.
+func HvsockGUIDWildcard() guid.GUID { // 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000
+	return guid.GUID{}
+}
+
+// HvsockGUIDBroadcast is the wildcard VmId for broadcasting sends to all partitions.
+func HvsockGUIDBroadcast() guid.GUID { //ffffffff-ffff-ffff-ffff-ffffffffffff
+	return guid.GUID{
+		Data1: 0xffffffff,
+		Data2: 0xffff,
+		Data3: 0xffff,
+		Data4: [8]uint8{0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff},
+	}
+}
+
+// HvsockGUIDLoopback is the Loopback VmId for accepting connections to the same partition as the connector.
+func HvsockGUIDLoopback() guid.GUID { // e0e16197-dd56-4a10-9195-5ee7a155a838
+	return guid.GUID{
+		Data1: 0xe0e16197,
+		Data2: 0xdd56,
+		Data3: 0x4a10,
+		Data4: [8]uint8{0x91, 0x95, 0x5e, 0xe7, 0xa1, 0x55, 0xa8, 0x38},
+	}
+}
+
+// HvsockGUIDSiloHost is the address of a silo's host partition:
+//   - The silo host of a hosted silo is the utility VM.
+//   - The silo host of a silo on a physical host is the physical host.
+func HvsockGUIDSiloHost() guid.GUID { // 36bd0c5c-7276-4223-88ba-7d03b654c568
+	return guid.GUID{
+		Data1: 0x36bd0c5c,
+		Data2: 0x7276,
+		Data3: 0x4223,
+		Data4: [8]byte{0x88, 0xba, 0x7d, 0x03, 0xb6, 0x54, 0xc5, 0x68},
+	}
+}
+
+// HvsockGUIDChildren is the wildcard VmId for accepting connections from the connector's child partitions.
+func HvsockGUIDChildren() guid.GUID { // 90db8b89-0d35-4f79-8ce9-49ea0ac8b7cd
+	return guid.GUID{
+		Data1: 0x90db8b89,
+		Data2: 0xd35,
+		Data3: 0x4f79,
+		Data4: [8]uint8{0x8c, 0xe9, 0x49, 0xea, 0xa, 0xc8, 0xb7, 0xcd},
+	}
+}
+
+// HvsockGUIDParent is the wildcard VmId for accepting connections from the connector's parent partition.
+// Listening on this VmId accepts connection from:
+//   - Inside silos: silo host partition.
+//   - Inside hosted silo: host of the VM.
+//   - Inside VM: VM host.
+//   - Physical host: Not supported.
+func HvsockGUIDParent() guid.GUID { // a42e7cda-d03f-480c-9cc2-a4de20abb878
+	return guid.GUID{
+		Data1: 0xa42e7cda,
+		Data2: 0xd03f,
+		Data3: 0x480c,
+		Data4: [8]uint8{0x9c, 0xc2, 0xa4, 0xde, 0x20, 0xab, 0xb8, 0x78},
+	}
+}
+
+// hvsockVsockServiceTemplate is the Service GUID used for the VSOCK protocol.
+func hvsockVsockServiceTemplate() guid.GUID { // 00000000-facb-11e6-bd58-64006a7986d3
+	return guid.GUID{
+		Data2: 0xfacb,
+		Data3: 0x11e6,
+		Data4: [8]uint8{0xbd, 0x58, 0x64, 0x00, 0x6a, 0x79, 0x86, 0xd3},
+	}
+}
+
+// An HvsockAddr is an address for a AF_HYPERV socket.
+type HvsockAddr struct {
+	VMID      guid.GUID
+	ServiceID guid.GUID
+}
+
+type rawHvsockAddr struct {
+	Family    uint16
+	_         uint16
+	VMID      guid.GUID
+	ServiceID guid.GUID
+}
+
+var _ socket.RawSockaddr = &rawHvsockAddr{}
+
+// Network returns the address's network name, "hvsock".
+func (*HvsockAddr) Network() string {
+	return "hvsock"
+}
+
+func (addr *HvsockAddr) String() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s", &addr.VMID, &addr.ServiceID)
+}
+
+// VsockServiceID returns an hvsock service ID corresponding to the specified AF_VSOCK port.
+func VsockServiceID(port uint32) guid.GUID {
+	g := hvsockVsockServiceTemplate() // make a copy
+	g.Data1 = port
+	return g
+}
+
+func (addr *HvsockAddr) raw() rawHvsockAddr {
+	return rawHvsockAddr{
+		Family:    afHVSock,
+		VMID:      addr.VMID,
+		ServiceID: addr.ServiceID,
+	}
+}
+
+func (addr *HvsockAddr) fromRaw(raw *rawHvsockAddr) {
+	addr.VMID = raw.VMID
+	addr.ServiceID = raw.ServiceID
+}
+
+// Sockaddr returns a pointer to and the size of this struct.
+//
+// Implements the [socket.RawSockaddr] interface, and allows use in
+// [socket.Bind] and [socket.ConnectEx].
+func (r *rawHvsockAddr) Sockaddr() (unsafe.Pointer, int32, error) {
+	return unsafe.Pointer(r), int32(unsafe.Sizeof(rawHvsockAddr{})), nil
+}
+
+// Sockaddr interface allows use with `sockets.Bind()` and `.ConnectEx()`.
+func (r *rawHvsockAddr) FromBytes(b []byte) error {
+	n := int(unsafe.Sizeof(rawHvsockAddr{}))
+
+	if len(b) < n {
+		return fmt.Errorf("got %d, want %d: %w", len(b), n, socket.ErrBufferSize)
+	}
+
+	copy(unsafe.Slice((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(r)), n), b[:n])
+	if r.Family != afHVSock {
+		return fmt.Errorf("got %d, want %d: %w", r.Family, afHVSock, socket.ErrAddrFamily)
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// HvsockListener is a socket listener for the AF_HYPERV address family.
+type HvsockListener struct {
+	sock *win32File
+	addr HvsockAddr
+}
+
+var _ net.Listener = &HvsockListener{}
+
+// HvsockConn is a connected socket of the AF_HYPERV address family.
+type HvsockConn struct {
+	sock          *win32File
+	local, remote HvsockAddr
+}
+
+var _ net.Conn = &HvsockConn{}
+
+func newHVSocket() (*win32File, error) {
+	fd, err := syscall.Socket(afHVSock, syscall.SOCK_STREAM, 1)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, os.NewSyscallError("socket", err)
+	}
+	f, err := makeWin32File(fd)
+	if err != nil {
+		syscall.Close(fd)
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	f.socket = true
+	return f, nil
+}
+
+// ListenHvsock listens for connections on the specified hvsock address.
+func ListenHvsock(addr *HvsockAddr) (_ *HvsockListener, err error) {
+	l := &HvsockListener{addr: *addr}
+	sock, err := newHVSocket()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, l.opErr("listen", err)
+	}
+	sa := addr.raw()
+	err = socket.Bind(windows.Handle(sock.handle), &sa)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, l.opErr("listen", os.NewSyscallError("socket", err))
+	}
+	err = syscall.Listen(sock.handle, 16)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, l.opErr("listen", os.NewSyscallError("listen", err))
+	}
+	return &HvsockListener{sock: sock, addr: *addr}, nil
+}
+
+func (l *HvsockListener) opErr(op string, err error) error {
+	return &net.OpError{Op: op, Net: "hvsock", Addr: &l.addr, Err: err}
+}
+
+// Addr returns the listener's network address.
+func (l *HvsockListener) Addr() net.Addr {
+	return &l.addr
+}
+
+// Accept waits for the next connection and returns it.
+func (l *HvsockListener) Accept() (_ net.Conn, err error) {
+	sock, err := newHVSocket()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, l.opErr("accept", err)
+	}
+	defer func() {
+		if sock != nil {
+			sock.Close()
+		}
+	}()
+	c, err := l.sock.prepareIO()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, l.opErr("accept", err)
+	}
+	defer l.sock.wg.Done()
+
+	// AcceptEx, per documentation, requires an extra 16 bytes per address.
+	//
+	// https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/mswsock/nf-mswsock-acceptex
+	const addrlen = uint32(16 + unsafe.Sizeof(rawHvsockAddr{}))
+	var addrbuf [addrlen * 2]byte
+
+	var bytes uint32
+	err = syscall.AcceptEx(l.sock.handle, sock.handle, &addrbuf[0], 0 /*rxdatalen*/, addrlen, addrlen, &bytes, &c.o)
+	if _, err = l.sock.asyncIO(c, nil, bytes, err); err != nil {
+		return nil, l.opErr("accept", os.NewSyscallError("acceptex", err))
+	}
+
+	conn := &HvsockConn{
+		sock: sock,
+	}
+	// The local address returned in the AcceptEx buffer is the same as the Listener socket's
+	// address. However, the service GUID reported by GetSockName is different from the Listeners
+	// socket, and is sometimes the same as the local address of the socket that dialed the
+	// address, with the service GUID.Data1 incremented, but othertimes is different.
+	// todo: does the local address matter? is the listener's address or the actual address appropriate?
+	conn.local.fromRaw((*rawHvsockAddr)(unsafe.Pointer(&addrbuf[0])))
+	conn.remote.fromRaw((*rawHvsockAddr)(unsafe.Pointer(&addrbuf[addrlen])))
+
+	// initialize the accepted socket and update its properties with those of the listening socket
+	if err = windows.Setsockopt(windows.Handle(sock.handle),
+		windows.SOL_SOCKET, windows.SO_UPDATE_ACCEPT_CONTEXT,
+		(*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&l.sock.handle)), int32(unsafe.Sizeof(l.sock.handle))); err != nil {
+		return nil, conn.opErr("accept", os.NewSyscallError("setsockopt", err))
+	}
+
+	sock = nil
+	return conn, nil
+}
+
+// Close closes the listener, causing any pending Accept calls to fail.
+func (l *HvsockListener) Close() error {
+	return l.sock.Close()
+}
+
+// HvsockDialer configures and dials a Hyper-V Socket (ie, [HvsockConn]).
+type HvsockDialer struct {
+	// Deadline is the time the Dial operation must connect before erroring.
+	Deadline time.Time
+
+	// Retries is the number of additional connects to try if the connection times out, is refused,
+	// or the host is unreachable
+	Retries uint
+
+	// RetryWait is the time to wait after a connection error to retry
+	RetryWait time.Duration
+
+	rt *time.Timer // redial wait timer
+}
+
+// Dial the Hyper-V socket at addr.
+//
+// See [HvsockDialer.Dial] for more information.
+func Dial(ctx context.Context, addr *HvsockAddr) (conn *HvsockConn, err error) {
+	return (&HvsockDialer{}).Dial(ctx, addr)
+}
+
+// Dial attempts to connect to the Hyper-V socket at addr, and returns a connection if successful.
+// Will attempt (HvsockDialer).Retries if dialing fails, waiting (HvsockDialer).RetryWait between
+// retries.
+//
+// Dialing can be cancelled either by providing (HvsockDialer).Deadline, or cancelling ctx.
+func (d *HvsockDialer) Dial(ctx context.Context, addr *HvsockAddr) (conn *HvsockConn, err error) {
+	op := "dial"
+	// create the conn early to use opErr()
+	conn = &HvsockConn{
+		remote: *addr,
+	}
+
+	if !d.Deadline.IsZero() {
+		var cancel context.CancelFunc
+		ctx, cancel = context.WithDeadline(ctx, d.Deadline)
+		defer cancel()
+	}
+
+	// preemptive timeout/cancellation check
+	if err = ctx.Err(); err != nil {
+		return nil, conn.opErr(op, err)
+	}
+
+	sock, err := newHVSocket()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, conn.opErr(op, err)
+	}
+	defer func() {
+		if sock != nil {
+			sock.Close()
+		}
+	}()
+
+	sa := addr.raw()
+	err = socket.Bind(windows.Handle(sock.handle), &sa)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, conn.opErr(op, os.NewSyscallError("bind", err))
+	}
+
+	c, err := sock.prepareIO()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, conn.opErr(op, err)
+	}
+	defer sock.wg.Done()
+	var bytes uint32
+	for i := uint(0); i <= d.Retries; i++ {
+		err = socket.ConnectEx(
+			windows.Handle(sock.handle),
+			&sa,
+			nil, // sendBuf
+			0,   // sendDataLen
+			&bytes,
+			(*windows.Overlapped)(unsafe.Pointer(&c.o)))
+		_, err = sock.asyncIO(c, nil, bytes, err)
+		if i < d.Retries && canRedial(err) {
+			if err = d.redialWait(ctx); err == nil {
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+		break
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, conn.opErr(op, os.NewSyscallError("connectex", err))
+	}
+
+	// update the connection properties, so shutdown can be used
+	if err = windows.Setsockopt(
+		windows.Handle(sock.handle),
+		windows.SOL_SOCKET,
+		windows.SO_UPDATE_CONNECT_CONTEXT,
+		nil, // optvalue
+		0,   // optlen
+	); err != nil {
+		return nil, conn.opErr(op, os.NewSyscallError("setsockopt", err))
+	}
+
+	// get the local name
+	var sal rawHvsockAddr
+	err = socket.GetSockName(windows.Handle(sock.handle), &sal)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, conn.opErr(op, os.NewSyscallError("getsockname", err))
+	}
+	conn.local.fromRaw(&sal)
+
+	// one last check for timeout, since asyncIO doesn't check the context
+	if err = ctx.Err(); err != nil {
+		return nil, conn.opErr(op, err)
+	}
+
+	conn.sock = sock
+	sock = nil
+
+	return conn, nil
+}
+
+// redialWait waits before attempting to redial, resetting the timer as appropriate.
+func (d *HvsockDialer) redialWait(ctx context.Context) (err error) {
+	if d.RetryWait == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	if d.rt == nil {
+		d.rt = time.NewTimer(d.RetryWait)
+	} else {
+		// should already be stopped and drained
+		d.rt.Reset(d.RetryWait)
+	}
+
+	select {
+	case <-ctx.Done():
+	case <-d.rt.C:
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// stop and drain the timer
+	if !d.rt.Stop() {
+		<-d.rt.C
+	}
+	return ctx.Err()
+}
+
+// assumes error is a plain, unwrapped syscall.Errno provided by direct syscall.
+func canRedial(err error) bool {
+	//nolint:errorlint // guaranteed to be an Errno
+	switch err {
+	case windows.WSAECONNREFUSED, windows.WSAENETUNREACH, windows.WSAETIMEDOUT,
+		windows.ERROR_CONNECTION_REFUSED, windows.ERROR_CONNECTION_UNAVAIL:
+		return true
+	default:
+		return false
+	}
+}
+
+func (conn *HvsockConn) opErr(op string, err error) error {
+	// translate from "file closed" to "socket closed"
+	if errors.Is(err, ErrFileClosed) {
+		err = socket.ErrSocketClosed
+	}
+	return &net.OpError{Op: op, Net: "hvsock", Source: &conn.local, Addr: &conn.remote, Err: err}
+}
+
+func (conn *HvsockConn) Read(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	c, err := conn.sock.prepareIO()
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, conn.opErr("read", err)
+	}
+	defer conn.sock.wg.Done()
+	buf := syscall.WSABuf{Buf: &b[0], Len: uint32(len(b))}
+	var flags, bytes uint32
+	err = syscall.WSARecv(conn.sock.handle, &buf, 1, &bytes, &flags, &c.o, nil)
+	n, err := conn.sock.asyncIO(c, &conn.sock.readDeadline, bytes, err)
+	if err != nil {
+		var eno windows.Errno
+		if errors.As(err, &eno) {
+			err = os.NewSyscallError("wsarecv", eno)
+		}
+		return 0, conn.opErr("read", err)
+	} else if n == 0 {
+		err = io.EOF
+	}
+	return n, err
+}
+
+func (conn *HvsockConn) Write(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	t := 0
+	for len(b) != 0 {
+		n, err := conn.write(b)
+		if err != nil {
+			return t + n, err
+		}
+		t += n
+		b = b[n:]
+	}
+	return t, nil
+}
+
+func (conn *HvsockConn) write(b []byte) (int, error) {
+	c, err := conn.sock.prepareIO()
+	if err != nil {
+		return 0, conn.opErr("write", err)
+	}
+	defer conn.sock.wg.Done()
+	buf := syscall.WSABuf{Buf: &b[0], Len: uint32(len(b))}
+	var bytes uint32
+	err = syscall.WSASend(conn.sock.handle, &buf, 1, &bytes, 0, &c.o, nil)
+	n, err := conn.sock.asyncIO(c, &conn.sock.writeDeadline, bytes, err)
+	if err != nil {
+		var eno windows.Errno
+		if errors.As(err, &eno) {
+			err = os.NewSyscallError("wsasend", eno)
+		}
+		return 0, conn.opErr("write", err)
+	}
+	return n, err
+}
+
+// Close closes the socket connection, failing any pending read or write calls.
+func (conn *HvsockConn) Close() error {
+	return conn.sock.Close()
+}
+
+func (conn *HvsockConn) IsClosed() bool {
+	return conn.sock.IsClosed()
+}
+
+// shutdown disables sending or receiving on a socket.
+func (conn *HvsockConn) shutdown(how int) error {
+	if conn.IsClosed() {
+		return socket.ErrSocketClosed
+	}
+
+	err := syscall.Shutdown(conn.sock.handle, how)
+	if err != nil {
+		// If the connection was closed, shutdowns fail with "not connected"
+		if errors.Is(err, windows.WSAENOTCONN) ||
+			errors.Is(err, windows.WSAESHUTDOWN) {
+			err = socket.ErrSocketClosed
+		}
+		return os.NewSyscallError("shutdown", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CloseRead shuts down the read end of the socket, preventing future read operations.
+func (conn *HvsockConn) CloseRead() error {
+	err := conn.shutdown(syscall.SHUT_RD)
+	if err != nil {
+		return conn.opErr("closeread", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CloseWrite shuts down the write end of the socket, preventing future write operations and
+// notifying the other endpoint that no more data will be written.
+func (conn *HvsockConn) CloseWrite() error {
+	err := conn.shutdown(syscall.SHUT_WR)
+	if err != nil {
+		return conn.opErr("closewrite", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// LocalAddr returns the local address of the connection.
+func (conn *HvsockConn) LocalAddr() net.Addr {
+	return &conn.local
+}
+
+// RemoteAddr returns the remote address of the connection.
+func (conn *HvsockConn) RemoteAddr() net.Addr {
+	return &conn.remote
+}
+
+// SetDeadline implements the net.Conn SetDeadline method.
+func (conn *HvsockConn) SetDeadline(t time.Time) error {
+	// todo: implement `SetDeadline` for `win32File`
+	if err := conn.SetReadDeadline(t); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("set read deadline: %w", err)
+	}
+	if err := conn.SetWriteDeadline(t); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("set write deadline: %w", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// SetReadDeadline implements the net.Conn SetReadDeadline method.
+func (conn *HvsockConn) SetReadDeadline(t time.Time) error {
+	return conn.sock.SetReadDeadline(t)
+}
+
+// SetWriteDeadline implements the net.Conn SetWriteDeadline method.
+func (conn *HvsockConn) SetWriteDeadline(t time.Time) error {
+	return conn.sock.SetWriteDeadline(t)
+}

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/internal/socket/rawaddr.go

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+package socket
+
+import (
+	"unsafe"
+)
+
+// RawSockaddr allows structs to be used with [Bind] and [ConnectEx]. The
+// struct must meet the Win32 sockaddr requirements specified here:
+// https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/winsock/sockaddr-2
+//
+// Specifically, the struct size must be least larger than an int16 (unsigned short)
+// for the address family.
+type RawSockaddr interface {
+	// Sockaddr returns a pointer to the RawSockaddr and its struct size, allowing
+	// for the RawSockaddr's data to be overwritten by syscalls (if necessary).
+	//
+	// It is the callers responsibility to validate that the values are valid; invalid
+	// pointers or size can cause a panic.
+	Sockaddr() (unsafe.Pointer, int32, error)
+}

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/internal/socket/socket.go

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+//go:build windows
+
+package socket
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net"
+	"sync"
+	"syscall"
+	"unsafe"
+
+	"github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/pkg/guid"
+	"golang.org/x/sys/windows"
+)
+
+//go:generate go run github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/tools/mkwinsyscall -output zsyscall_windows.go socket.go
+
+//sys getsockname(s windows.Handle, name unsafe.Pointer, namelen *int32) (err error) [failretval==socketError] = ws2_32.getsockname
+//sys getpeername(s windows.Handle, name unsafe.Pointer, namelen *int32) (err error) [failretval==socketError] = ws2_32.getpeername
+//sys bind(s windows.Handle, name unsafe.Pointer, namelen int32) (err error) [failretval==socketError] = ws2_32.bind
+
+const socketError = uintptr(^uint32(0))
+
+var (
+	// todo(helsaawy): create custom error types to store the desired vs actual size and addr family?
+
+	ErrBufferSize     = errors.New("buffer size")
+	ErrAddrFamily     = errors.New("address family")
+	ErrInvalidPointer = errors.New("invalid pointer")
+	ErrSocketClosed   = fmt.Errorf("socket closed: %w", net.ErrClosed)
+)
+
+// todo(helsaawy): replace these with generics, ie: GetSockName[S RawSockaddr](s windows.Handle) (S, error)
+
+// GetSockName writes the local address of socket s to the [RawSockaddr] rsa.
+// If rsa is not large enough, the [windows.WSAEFAULT] is returned.
+func GetSockName(s windows.Handle, rsa RawSockaddr) error {
+	ptr, l, err := rsa.Sockaddr()
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("could not retrieve socket pointer and size: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	// although getsockname returns WSAEFAULT if the buffer is too small, it does not set
+	// &l to the correct size, so--apart from doubling the buffer repeatedly--there is no remedy
+	return getsockname(s, ptr, &l)
+}
+
+// GetPeerName returns the remote address the socket is connected to.
+//
+// See [GetSockName] for more information.
+func GetPeerName(s windows.Handle, rsa RawSockaddr) error {
+	ptr, l, err := rsa.Sockaddr()
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("could not retrieve socket pointer and size: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	return getpeername(s, ptr, &l)
+}
+
+func Bind(s windows.Handle, rsa RawSockaddr) (err error) {
+	ptr, l, err := rsa.Sockaddr()
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("could not retrieve socket pointer and size: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	return bind(s, ptr, l)
+}
+
+// "golang.org/x/sys/windows".ConnectEx and .Bind only accept internal implementations of the
+// their sockaddr interface, so they cannot be used with HvsockAddr
+// Replicate functionality here from
+// https://cs.opensource.google/go/x/sys/+/master:windows/syscall_windows.go
+
+// The function pointers to `AcceptEx`, `ConnectEx` and `GetAcceptExSockaddrs` must be loaded at
+// runtime via a WSAIoctl call:
+// https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/Mswsock/nc-mswsock-lpfn_connectex#remarks
+
+type runtimeFunc struct {
+	id   guid.GUID
+	once sync.Once
+	addr uintptr
+	err  error
+}
+
+func (f *runtimeFunc) Load() error {
+	f.once.Do(func() {
+		var s windows.Handle
+		s, f.err = windows.Socket(windows.AF_INET, windows.SOCK_STREAM, windows.IPPROTO_TCP)
+		if f.err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+		defer windows.CloseHandle(s) //nolint:errcheck
+
+		var n uint32
+		f.err = windows.WSAIoctl(s,
+			windows.SIO_GET_EXTENSION_FUNCTION_POINTER,
+			(*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&f.id)),
+			uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(f.id)),
+			(*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(&f.addr)),
+			uint32(unsafe.Sizeof(f.addr)),
+			&n,
+			nil, //overlapped
+			0,   //completionRoutine
+		)
+	})
+	return f.err
+}
+
+var (
+	// todo: add `AcceptEx` and `GetAcceptExSockaddrs`
+	WSAID_CONNECTEX = guid.GUID{ //revive:disable-line:var-naming ALL_CAPS
+		Data1: 0x25a207b9,
+		Data2: 0xddf3,
+		Data3: 0x4660,
+		Data4: [8]byte{0x8e, 0xe9, 0x76, 0xe5, 0x8c, 0x74, 0x06, 0x3e},
+	}
+
+	connectExFunc = runtimeFunc{id: WSAID_CONNECTEX}
+)
+
+func ConnectEx(
+	fd windows.Handle,
+	rsa RawSockaddr,
+	sendBuf *byte,
+	sendDataLen uint32,
+	bytesSent *uint32,
+	overlapped *windows.Overlapped,
+) error {
+	if err := connectExFunc.Load(); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to load ConnectEx function pointer: %w", err)
+	}
+	ptr, n, err := rsa.Sockaddr()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return connectEx(fd, ptr, n, sendBuf, sendDataLen, bytesSent, overlapped)
+}
+
+// BOOL LpfnConnectex(
+//   [in]           SOCKET s,
+//   [in]           const sockaddr *name,
+//   [in]           int namelen,
+//   [in, optional] PVOID lpSendBuffer,
+//   [in]           DWORD dwSendDataLength,
+//   [out]          LPDWORD lpdwBytesSent,
+//   [in]           LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
+// )
+
+func connectEx(
+	s windows.Handle,
+	name unsafe.Pointer,
+	namelen int32,
+	sendBuf *byte,
+	sendDataLen uint32,
+	bytesSent *uint32,
+	overlapped *windows.Overlapped,
+) (err error) {
+	// todo: after upgrading to 1.18, switch from syscall.Syscall9 to syscall.SyscallN
+	r1, _, e1 := syscall.Syscall9(connectExFunc.addr,
+		7,
+		uintptr(s),
+		uintptr(name),
+		uintptr(namelen),
+		uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(sendBuf)),
+		uintptr(sendDataLen),
+		uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(bytesSent)),
+		uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(overlapped)),
+		0,
+		0)
+	if r1 == 0 {
+		if e1 != 0 {
+			err = error(e1)
+		} else {
+			err = syscall.EINVAL
+		}
+	}
+	return err
+}

vendor/github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/internal/socket/zsyscall_windows.go

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+//go:build windows
+
+// Code generated by 'go generate' using "github.com/Microsoft/go-winio/tools/mkwinsyscall"; DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package socket
+
+import (
+	"syscall"
+	"unsafe"
+
+	"golang.org/x/sys/windows"
+)
+
+var _ unsafe.Pointer
+
+// Do the interface allocations only once for common
+// Errno values.
+const (
+	errnoERROR_IO_PENDING = 997
+)
+
+var (
+	errERROR_IO_PENDING error = syscall.Errno(errnoERROR_IO_PENDING)
+	errERROR_EINVAL     error = syscall.EINVAL
+)
+
+// errnoErr returns common boxed Errno values, to prevent
+// allocations at runtime.
+func errnoErr(e syscall.Errno) error {
+	switch e {
+	case 0:
+		return errERROR_EINVAL
+	case errnoERROR_IO_PENDING:
+		return errERROR_IO_PENDING
+	}
+	// TODO: add more here, after collecting data on the common
+	// error values see on Windows. (perhaps when running
+	// all.bat?)
+	return e
+}
+
+var (
+	modws2_32 = windows.NewLazySystemDLL("ws2_32.dll")
+
+	procbind        = modws2_32.NewProc("bind")
+	procgetpeername = modws2_32.NewProc("getpeername")
+	procgetsockname = modws2_32.NewProc("getsockname")
+)
+
+func bind(s windows.Handle, name unsafe.Pointer, namelen int32) (err error) {
+	r1, _, e1 := syscall.Syscall(procbind.Addr(), 3, uintptr(s), uintptr(name), uintptr(namelen))
+	if r1 == socketError {
+		err = errnoErr(e1)
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+func getpeername(s windows.Handle, name unsafe.Pointer, namelen *int32) (err error) {
+	r1, _, e1 := syscall.Syscall(procgetpeername.Addr(), 3, uintptr(s), uintptr(name), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(namelen)))
+	if r1 == socketError {
+		err = errnoErr(e1)
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+func getsockname(s windows.Handle, name unsafe.Pointer, namelen *int32) (err error) {
+	r1, _, e1 := syscall.Syscall(procgetsockname.Addr(), 3, uintptr(s), uintptr(name), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(namelen)))
+	if r1 == socketError {
+		err = errnoErr(e1)
+	}
+	return
+}